BOSH Manual Rev. 01 Ver. 2020

HSS Health & Safety Solutions
“Where Safety is NO Accident” BOSH M
Basic
Occupational
Safety and
Health
(BOSH)
Manual
1
BOSH Manual Rev. 00 Ver. 2020
About Us
Our mission is to provide quality-assured health and safety

consultancy and training services that meet the specific needs of our
clients as well as fully complying with the standards set by
Government agencies.
Approved and regulated trainers utilizing the highest quality

resources conduct the health and safety training courses. We
ensure up-to-date legislative advice and our services are at a price
that is both competitive and excellent value for money.
All courses involve in-depth practical, interactive demonstrations that

reflect real-life scenarios, aiding the training process. These have
been widely complimented by our clients and are individually tailored
to their needs.
This practical approach helps to ensure that when an accident

occurs, the trained staffs are capable of dealing with the situation
swiftly and effectively, dramatically minimizing the cost and impact of
the incident to the organization.
2
Today’s work environment is confronted with quickening changes in innovation. Financial

and social improvements are too changing the standard of living. In spite of the advance
accomplished, the safety and wellbeing and conditions of work of numerous workers stay
difficult or donate rise to work related challenges. Hence, work related safety and wellbeing
values, rules and practices are characterized by ceaseless changes of work environment,
forms, or advancement of technology.
Most up to date information’s, understandings from practices and trainings found to be
compelling in grasping new methods and strategies in experiencing work related wellbeing
and safety challenges iv different division of businesses are displayed and consolidated in
this manual.
For the good thing about going to the course, this manual must be studied earlier to be in a
position to analyze successfully the subject with the speaker.
The related modules/topics considered by the speaker/s may not be precisely the same
issues found within the manual in any case the discussion ought to speed up the contrasts
and come out with the acknowledged processes, practices or rules.
We trust this manual would be of assistance and serve clearly to the delegate to progress
information, ability, be prepared to practice wellbeing and safety as practicable for what he
has learned within the course.
This manual could be a compilation of reference materials and the pool of safety
professionals and speakers contributes information’s.
Thank you and good luck!
Richard Regaspi
Managing Director / Owner
Health and Safety Solution
Genaro R. Resuta
Resident OHS Consultant
Accreditation Number: 1030-052917-0174
3
Table of Contents
Section Topic Page

Introduction to Occupational Safety and Health (OSH)
Global OSH Conditions 5-9
Philippine OSH Conditions 10-20
Progress of OSH Movements and Legislations 21-24
1 Statistics on Safe Work Environment 25-29
Salient Features of OSH Standards as Amended 30-34
Salient Features of Republic Act No. 11058 35-41
Salient Features of Department Order No. 198 Series of 2018 42-57
Salient Features of Department Order No. 183 Series of 2017 58-60
2 Fundamentals of Safety Management 61-64
3 Basic Work Accident Causation 65-73
4 Basic of Industrial Hygiene 74-98
5 Occupational Health 99-110
6 Materials Handling 111-121
7 Electrical Safety and Lockout - Tag Out (LOTO) 122-127
8 Machine and Equipment Safety 128-140
9 Fire Safety 141-145
10 5S of Housekeeping 146-155
11 Personal Protective Equipment 156-166
12 Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) 167-182
13 Emergency Preparedness 183-190
14 Safety Inspection 191-193
15 Accident Investigation 194-196
16 Employees Compensation Program 197-209
17 Roles of Supervisor in Safety 210-212
18 Human Elements in Safety 213-215
19 Communicating OSH in all Levels of the Organization 216-220
20 Communication in Safety 221-225
21 Fundamentals of Accelerated Learning 226-231
22 Re-entry Program 232-237
The Occupational Safety and Health Standards (Philippines) 238-240
Republic Act 11058 – Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and
241-257
Health Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations – July 24, 2017
Department Order no. 198 Series of 2018 – Implementing Rules and
Regulations of Republic Act No. 11058 Entitled “An Act Strengthening 258-280
Compliance with Occupational Safety and
Annexes
Department Order no. 183 Series of 2017 – Revised Rules on the
281-304
Administration and Enforcement of Labor Laws
Corona Virus Disease 19 (COVID 19) 305-314
DTI/DOLE Interim Guidelines on Workplace Prevention/Control of COVID 19 315-320
Protocol for Screening Employees and Visitors 321
Visitor’s Health Checklist 322
DOH Department Memorandum 2020-0220 323-327
DOH A.O 2020-0015 328-344
References 345
4
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (OHS)
GLOBAL TRENDS IN SAFETY AND HEALTH: THE PICTURE TODAY

According to recent estimates released by the International Labor Organization (ILO), each
year 2.78 million workers die from occupational accidents and work-related diseases (of
which 2.4 million are disease-related) and an additional 374 million workers suffer from non-
fatal occupational accidents. It is estimated that lost work days globally represent almost 4
per cent of the world’s GDP, and in some countries, this rises to 6 per cent or more
(Hämäläinen et al, 2017; Takala et al, 2014)
Aside from the economic cost, there is an intangible cost, not fully recognized in these
figures, of the immeasurable human suffering caused by occupational accidents and work-
related diseases. This is tragic and regrettable because, as research and practice over the
past century has repeatedly demonstrated, they are largely preventable.
Psychosocial risks, work-related stress and noncommunicable diseases are of growing
concern for many workers in all parts of the world. At the same time, many workers remain
challenged by persistent work-related safety and health risks and it is important not to
overlook the workers who face these risks as we look to the future.
It is a global imperative that these challenges are addressed with effective prevention
strategies. Achieving effective prevention, however, remains a major challenge in
addressing global occupational safety and health (OSH).
Safety and health at work can be key to

sustainable development and investment in OSH
can help contribute to the achievement of the
2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development,
and especially to the achievement of
Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 3, to
ensure healthy lives and promote well-being
for all at all ages and SDG 8, to promote
inclusive and sustainable economic growth, employment and decent work for all – in
particular Target 8.8, to protect labor rights and promote safe and secure working
environments for all workers, including migrant workers, in particular women migrants, and
those in precarious employment.
Nevertheless, a considerable task remains for governments, employers, workers and other
stakeholders in building present and future generations of safe and healthy workers. The
ILO Global strategy on occupational safety and health, adopted in 2003, provides a
framework for these activities. Crucially, the global burden of occupational accidents, work-
related diseases and deaths, is a significant contributor to the growing global issue of non-
communicable and chronic diseases.
When we look to the future of safety and health at work, we should also take stock of the
developments in the past century. During the last 100 years, addressing occupational
accidents, work-related diseases and deaths has been increasingly recognized as a major
international challenge relevant to achieving social justice and sustainable development.
It is now widely acknowledged that important OSH gains can be made from improving and
sharing knowledge and experience concerning the extent, causes and prevention of harm
5
arising from work and how worker health and wellbeing can be better supported. It is also
understood that, while there are enormous national and regional differences in the ways in
which workplace hazards and risks are experienced, there is nevertheless much in common
with regard to the principles of prevention and control of their harmful effects.
Addressing work-related hazards and risks as though they exist solely within a workplace or
within national boundaries is an ineffective and incomplete strategy. Within global supply
chains, both production and workers, and thus OSH risks, relocate across national borders.
This necessitates global perspectives and better understandings of the interrelationship

between the physical science and engineering of safe work and the medical understandings
of disease and injuries, as well as the economic, regulatory and sociological understandings
of the contexts that contribute to making work safe and good for health.
Occupational accidents and work-related diseases have a major impact on individuals and
their families, not only in economic terms, but also in terms of their physical and emotional
wellbeing in the short- and long-term. Furthermore, they can have major effects on
enterprises, affecting productivity, leading to potential disruptions of production processes,
hampering competitiveness and reputation of enterprises along supply chains, and
impacting on the economy and society more widely.
Although the importance of improving safety and health at work is increasingly widely
recognized, providing an accurate picture of its global scale remains difficult. The systematic
collection and analysis of reliable and comparable data have varied both geographically and
over time, which means that comparing trends and data is challenging. In addition, even in
countries with the longest and most well-established data collection systems, under-
reporting, particularly of non-fatal occupational accidents and especially work-related
diseases, is common (Rushton et al, 2017, Takala et al, 2017). It is critical that countries
establish effective OSH data collection systems, as to improve the collection and utilization
of reliable OSH data for reporting and analysis.
Nevertheless, the latest figures and estimates indicate a huge problem. Globally 1,000
people are estimated to die every day from occupational accidents and a further 6,500 from
work-related diseases. The aggregate figures indicate an overall increase in the number of
deaths attributed to work: from 2.33 million deaths in 2014 to 2.78 million deaths in 2017
(Hämäläinen et al, 2017).
6
Estimates suggest that circulatory system diseases (31 per cent), work-related cancers (26
per cent) and respiratory diseases (17 per cent) contribute to almost three-quarters of the
total work-related mortality. Diseases are the cause of the great majority of work-related
deaths (2.4 million deaths or 86.3 per cent), in comparison to fatal occupational accidents
(which make up the remaining 13.7 per cent). Together, these account for 5 to 7 per cent of
deaths globally (Christopher and Murray, 2016; ILO, 2006; Murray and Lopez, 1996).
In addition, the most recent estimates from the WHO show that when accounting for both
deaths and disability, the fraction of the global disease burden in the general population due
to occupation amounts to 2.7 per cent (WHO, 2018).
Most recent figures suggest that ergonomic factors, injury risk factors, particulate matter,
gases, fumes and noise make the largest contributions to the total global burden of
occupational disease (Driscoll, 2018). There is also some evidence that the relative
contributions of various occupational risk factors are changing. Of 18 exposures measured
in the Global Burden of Disease Survey 2016, only occupational exposure to asbestos had
fallen between 1990 and 2016 while all other exposures increased (by almost 7 per cent)
(Gakidou et al, 2017).
Recent research indicates that worldwide about 20 per cent of lower back and neck pain
and 25 per cent of hearing loss in adults are attributable to occupational exposures (WHO,
2018). This suggests both that occupational exposures to traditional and well-known harmful
physical, chemical, and biological agents continue to occur on a large scale, and that there
is still some way to go before the trend of increasing levels of occupational exposure to such
risk factors is reversed globally.
According to estimates, the burden of occupational mortality and morbidity is not equally
distributed across the world. About two-thirds (65 per cent) of global work-related mortality is
estimated to occur in Asia, followed by Africa (11.8 per cent), Europe (11.7 per cent),
7
America (10.9 per cent) and Oceania (0.6 per cent). This reflects the distribution of both the
world’s working population and hazardous work, as well as differing levels of national
economic development. The rates of fatal occupational accidents per 100,000 workers also
show stark regional differences (Figure 1), with those in Africa and Asia between 4 and 5
times higher than those in Europe (Hämäläinen et al, 2017).
Figure 1: Accident fatality rates per 100,000 persons in the labor force, by region, 2014
20.00
18.00
16.00
14.00
12.00
10.00
8.00
6.00
4.00
2.00
0.00
EUROPE AMERICA OCEANIA TOTAL ASIA AFRICA
There are also differences in relative contributions of various causes of work-related

mortality by region (Figure 2), though this is also affected by differences in reporting and
recording. Developed countries appear to have a higher proportion of work-related mortality
from cancers (over 50 per cent) and a much smaller proportion from occupational accidents
and infectious conditions (under 5 per cent). Africa has the highest relative share of work-
related communicable diseases (over a third) and occupational accidents (over 20 per cent)
and lowest for cancers (less than 15 per cent) (Takala et al, 2017).
These regional differences in work-related deaths and diseases reflect the multiple and
multi-faceted national, social, political, demographic and occupational differences between
8
countries and regions globally. They also reflect different capacities to manage health and
safety issues in workplaces and different capacities of national governments to effectively
put in place and enforce health and safety rules. While there has been a long-term fall in
occupational accidents, in global terms this has been offset by the increase in occupational
injury fatalities as a result of the growing share of production to rapidly industrially
progressing countries, particularly in Asia (Takala et al, 2014).
Occupational accidents and work-related diseases have a substantial global impact. While
underreporting of OSH data often undermines its reliability, the data here suggests that this
impact varies according to where workers live and work, reflecting inequalities in their
exposure to risks.
To see more readings on Global OSH Conditions, do the needful to see the following;
https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/ed_protect/protrav/safework/documents/publication/wcms
_687610.pdf
https://www.ilo.org/legacy/english/osh/en/story_content/external_files/fs_st_1-ILO_5_en.pdf
https://www.ilo.org/moscow/areas-of-work/occupational-safety-and-health/WCMS_249278/lang--
en/index.htm
9
PHILIPPINE OHS CONDITIONS

The introduction of OHS in the Philippines can be traced to 1903-1913, wherein businesses
rendered medical offerings to their employees intended for therapy of illnesses and injuries.
As a consequence, industrial medical practitioner increased in numbers considering that
they have been employed to do the tasks. It was once not till 1923 to 1933 when the Section
of Industrial Hygiene of the Bureau of Health and the School of Hygiene and Public Health
of the University of the Philippines used to be established. Legislation in OHS, such as
Republic Act 1054, also recognized as the Free Medical and Dental Law, furnished
emergency medical treatment to laborers; employment of doctors and nurses and the
establishment of dispensaries and emergency hospitals had been enforced.
People in the field of safety, from both the government and private sectors, formed a new
group in 1960 – Safety Organization of the Philippines, Inc. – in order to disseminate the
principles of safety in industries and other workplaces.
As a consequence of RA 1054, a group of company physicians formed the Industrial
Medical Association of the Philippines (IMAP) in 1966 and membership grew to over 300
physicians in the 1970s. The Occupational Health Nurses Association of the Philippines
(OHNAP) followed in 1969, but it was not until 1979 when the first basic course in OHS for
nurses was offered. By the year 1974, the Institute of Hygiene of University of the
Philippines (UP) and World Health Foundation of the Philippines, Inc. jointly conducted
courses on Occupational Health and Safety for physicians, nurses and dentists. Two years
later, a Master in Occupational Health degree program was offered at UP College of Public
Health (formerly the Institute of Hygiene). Since 1979, the UP College of Public Health
under the Department of Environmental and Occupational Health is offering Postgraduate
Course in Occupational Health and Safety thrice a year.
In 1976, three occupational health associations merged to form the Philippine Occupational
and Industrial Medical Association (POIMA). These three associations were: The Industrial
Medical Association of the Philippines, the Philippine Association of Occupational Health,
and the Philippines Association of Compensation Medicine. In 1989, POIMA changed its
name to Philippine College of Occupational Medicine to better align its organizational
identity to its objectives and activities.
Presidential Decree No. 626, otherwise known as the Employees’ Compensation and State
Insurance Fund, was made effective January 1975. This is a compensation package for
public and private sector employees and their dependents in the event of work-related
contingencies.
The Occupational Safety and Health Standards, which is a codification of safety orders and
other laws pertaining to Occupational Health & Safety since 1936, was approved and
promulgated on December 8, 1978. Its objective is to protect every working man against the
dangers of injury, sickness or death through safe and healthful working conditions. The
standard also empowered the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) or its duly
authorized representatives to inspect establishments for compliance with the provisions of
the OHS standards.
A major blow was dealt to the effectiveness of the Bureau of Working Condition (BWC) in
1976 when then-President Ferdinand Marcos abolished the ability of DOLE to fine
companies for health and safety offenses. Although criminal penalties against companies
10
remained on the books, in practice these have been used very rarely. Since 1976, there has
been virtually no regulatory enforcement of health and safety regulations in the workplace
through fines or criminal penalties.
In November 1987, a presidential fiat Executive Order 307 under President Corazon Aquino
was made wherein the Occupational Safety and Health Center (OSHC) was envisioned as
the national authority for research and training on matters pertaining to safety and health at
work. The Center provides the expertise and intervention mechanism to improve workplace
conditions in the Philippines. Since then, there has been an increase in awareness of OHS
in the workplaces and as a consequence brought about the rise of non-governmental
organizations (NGOs). Among these is the Institute for Occupational Health, Safety and
Development (IOHSAD) which is a workers’ union-based group. The funding is from the
Australian Union Workers and it provides services including the training of workers,
conducting plant surveys with appropriate recommendations and OHS programs, free health
services to the workers and researches. Together with IOHSAD, other known NGOs
working together towards the improvement of OHS and labor’s rights have formed an
umbrella organization called PhilOSHNet.
Organized labor is also present in the country, two of the largest of which are the Kilusang
Mayo Uno (First of May Movement) and the Trade Union of the Philippines. However, of the
28 million workers in the recognized labor force, it is estimated that only 15 percent are
organized. Although the main concern of organized labor remains wages, non-monetary
benefits such as health benefits and workers’ safety have been included lately in collective
bargaining agreements (CBA). However, in a 1995 survey of 100 CBA, less than half have
included OHS components.
The ILO Country Office for the Philippines (CO-Manila) supports programs to promote a
culture of safety and health that bring OSH services to those that need them the most. A
range of government and non-government agencies are partners, with beneficiaries that
include agrarian reform farmers, informal workers and trade unions and their members. The
office works with constituents – governments, workers and employers organizations to
promote ratification of the Promotional Framework for Occupational Safety and Health
Convention, 2006 (No.187) .
A national occupational safety and health culture is one in which the right to a safe and
healthy working environment is respected at all levels, where governments, employers and
workers actively participate in securing a safe and healthy working environment through a
system of defined rights, responsibilities and duties, and where the highest priority is
accorded to the principle of prevention.
Cases of Occupational Injuries In 2015
 A total of 50,961 cases of occupational injuries were reported in 2015, an increase of 3.8
percent from the 49,118 cases reported in 2013. Around two-thirds (65.0%) or 33,102 of
total occupational injuries in 2015 were without workdays lost. (Table 1)
 Meanwhile, almost all cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost were non-fatal
(99.1% or 17,703) which resulted to temporary incapacity (98.0% or 17,346) with the rest
of the cases resulting to permanent incapacity (2.0% or 358).
11
MEASURES OF SAFETY PERFORMANCE OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES IN 2015
 The frequency rate (FR) of cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost in 2015 was
posted at 1.94, lower by 0.09 percentage point than the 2.03 FR recorded in 2013. This
means that there were only 2 cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost reported
per 1,000,000 hours of exposure during the year. (Table 2)
 The incidence rate (IR) in 2015 also decreased at 4.74, which means that there were
around 5 cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost per 1,000 workers during the
period.
 In terms of severity rate (SR), there were approximately 13.57 workdays lost in cases of
occupational injuries resulting to temporary incapacity per 1,000,000 employee-hours of
exposure.
12
CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY TYPE OF INJURY
 Six out of every 10 occupational injuries (56.2%) with workdays lost or 10,042 out of
17,859 total injuries in 2015 were caused by superficial injuries and open wounds.
(Figure 1)
CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY PART OF BODY INJURED
 Wrists and hands were the most injured parts of the body with 7,006 cases (39.2%)
followed by lower extremities (19.7% or 3,514) and arms and shoulders (16.7%or 2,979).
(Figure 2)
13
CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY CAUSE OF

INJURY
 Stepping on, striking against or struck by objects, excluding falling objects was reported
as the main cause of occupational injuries in 2015 accounting for 31.8 percent (5,687) of
the total 17,859 cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost in 2015.
CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY AGENT OF

INJURY
14
MAJOR OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES IN 2015
 There were around 125,973 varying work-related diseases reported in 2015. Three out of
every 10 cases (32.8% or 41,335) of these occupational diseases suffered by workers
involved back pains. Other occupational diseases during the year include essential
hypertension (11.5%) and neck-shoulder pains (11.4%).
For more reading and information, do the needful to click the link;
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/11343362_Occupational_health_in_the_Philippines
https://psa.gov.ph/content/20152016-integrated-survey-labor-and-employment-isle-part-2-modules-unionism
15
16
17
18
19
For more information on statistics please see psa.gov.ph
20
PROGRESS OF OSH MOVEMENT AND LEGISLATIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES
1903 Development of OSH in the Philippines

Employer’s Liability Act was instituted requiring employers to compensate
1908
workers who were injured while performing their job
1908 Bureau of Labor was created
Workmen’s Compensation Act No. 3428 was passed providing payment of
1927 - 1933 damages by the employer for illnesses, in addition to injury or death due to
employment
Commonwealth Act No. 104 was passed.
1936 First legislation directly enjoining management to ensure the promotion of
OSH in the workplace. Known as the First Industrial Safety Law
Commonwealth Act No. 696 was approved to include safety in the
1945
installation and operation of boilers and pressure vessels.
1948 Philippines became a member of International Labor Organization (ILO)
Enactment of RA No. 1054
1954
Free Emergency Medical & Dental Treatment Act
1957 Bureau of Labor Standards was created
1959 Safety Organization of the Philippines Inc. (SOPI) was organized
Proclamation No. 115-A was issued declaring the year & every year
thereafter as SAFETY & ACCIDENT PREVENTION YEAR;
January - General Orientation February - Air Transportation March - Fire
1967 Prevention April - Vacation Hazards May - Land Transportation June - Sea
Transportation July - Schools August - Farms September -Health and
Sanitation October - Industry & Commerce November -Mines December -
Holiday Hazards & Homes
1974 Presidential Degree 442 Labor Code of the Philippines (LCP) was passed
Bureau of Labor Standards (BLS) started the program on accreditation of
1975
Safety Training Organizations (STO’s) to conduct OSH training.
1977 Tripartite body was created to study the proposed OSHS
OSHS was approved. Nat’l Tripartite Committee was created to continue
1978
study the improvement of the OSHS
1982 BLS renamed as BWC (Bureau of Working Conditions)
1984 Tripartite consultation was held
Amend OSHS Rule 1410 Construction Safety
OSHC was created pursuant to EO 307
1988
First in Southeast Asia OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH CENTER
First major revision of
1989 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS (As Amended)
Department of Labor and Employment Philippines
Tripartite consultation workshop held to discuss the amendments of Rule
1996
1030
21
Tripartite Council on OSH in Construction Industry was created
Department Order no. 13 was issued
Guidelines Governing Occupational Safety and Health in The Construction
1998
Industry
Passed Memorandum Circular No. 02 Series of 1998
Guidelines for Classifying Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Workplaces
ASPPI was organized.
1999 1st Gen. Assembly & Convention of DOLE Accredited Safety Professionals
was held
Memorandum Circular No. 01 Series of 2000
Guidelines for the Conduct of Workplace Environment Assessment (WEA)
Guidelines in Accomplishing Supplemental Form IF No.5 (Workplace
2000 Environment Assessment Data
Memorandum Circular No. 02 Series of 2000
Guidelines in the Application of Workplace Component of RA 8504 known
as “Phil. AIDS Prevention & Control Act of 1998”
Approved Amendments to OSHS:
Department Order No. 16-01Series of 2001
Rule 1030-Training and Accreditation of Personnel on Occupational Safety
2001 and Health,
Rule 1160 – Boiler
Rule 1170 – Unfired Pressure Vessels
Rule 1180 – Internal Combustions Engine
1st meeting/gathering of DOLE-BWC Accredited Safety Training & Testing
Organizations
Department Order no. 38-03 Series of 2002
Creating an Inter-Agency Committee on STD/HIV and AIDS in the
2002 Workplace
Annex 1 – Creating a Task Force for a Drug-Free Workplace
Annex 2 – Guidelines for the Implementation of Drug – Free Workplace
Policies and Programs
Commemoration of April 28 as World Day for Safety and Health at Work
Department Order no. 53-03, Series of 2003
2003
Guidelines for the Implementation of a Drug-Free Workplace Policies and
Procedures for the Private Sector.
Organization of ATOP Inc. for OSH. Renamed as ASHTOP Inc. in 2004
Department Order 57-04, Series of 2004
2004 Guidelines on the Effective Implementation of Labor Standards
Enforcement
22
Department Order No. 73-05 Series of 2005
Guidelines for the Implementation of Policy and Program on Tuberculosis
(TB) Prevention and Control in the Workplace
2005
Rule 1162.02 of Rule 1160 on Boiler of the Occupational Safety and Health
Standards
Department Circular No. 1 Series of 2008
Policy Guidelines Governing the Occupational Safety and Health of
Workers in the Call Center Industry
2008
Amending Certain Provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health
Standards
Joint DTI – DENR – DA – DOF – DOH – DILG – DOLE – DOTC
Administrative Order No. 01 Series of 2008
2008
The Adoption and Implementation of the Globally Harmonized System of
Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS)
2009 Guidelines on Occupational Safety and Health in the Shipbuilding, Ship
Repair and Shipbreaking Industry
Guidelines for the Implementation of HIV and AIDS Prevention and Control
in the Workplace Program
2010
Department Advisory No. 05 Series of 2010
Guidelines for the Implementation of a Workplace Policy and Program on
Hepatitis B
Department Advisory no. 128-13 Series of 2013
Amending Rules 1414 on Scaffoldings of the 1989 Occupational Safety and
2013 Health Standards, as Amended
Department Order no. 132 Series of 2013
Guidelines on Maritime Occupational Safety and Health
Guidelines on Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) in the Pyrotechnic
Industry
2014 Guidelines for the Implementation of Globally Harmonized System (GHS) in
Chemical Safety Program in the Workplace
Department Advisory No. 1 Series of 2014
Occupational Safety and Health Protection Tips for Kasambahays and
Employers
Labor Advisory no. 17 Series of 2015
Requirements on the Maritime Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH)
2015
Training for the Designated Safety and Health Officer Pursuant to
Department Order no. 132-13 and Maritime Labor Convention, 2006
2016 Labor Advisory no. 3 Series of 2016
23
Safety and Health Measures to Prevent and Control Heat Stress at the
Workplace
Safety and Health Standards on the Use and Management of Asbestos in
the Workplace
Labor Advisory no. 4 Series of 2016
Working Conditions in the Movie and Television Industry
Guidelines on the Accreditation of Consulting Organizations to Provide
Work Environment Measurement (WEM) Services
Annex A
Guidelines for the Designation of OSHC-DOLE Recognized Occupational
Hygiene Laboratory
Safety and Health Measures for Workers Who by Nature of Their Work
Have to Stand at Work
Guidelines Governing the Employment and Working Conditions of Health
Personnel in the Private Healthcare Industry
2017 Revised Rules on the Administration and Enforcement of Labor Laws
Pursuant to Article 128 of the Labor Code, As Renumbered
Safety and Health Measures for Workers who, by Nature of Their Work,
Have to Spend Long Hours Sitting
Republic Act No. 11058
An Act Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health
Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof
Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act no. 11058 Entitled
2018
“An Act Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health
Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof”
24
STATISTICS ON SAFE WORK ENVIRONMENT IN THE PHILIPPINES
POLICY AND LEGAL FRAMEWORK ON THE NEED FOR SAFE WORK ENVIRONMENT
 Article 128 of the Labor Code of the Philippines was enacted to safeguard the
implementation of labor standards among establishments. It grants the Secretary of
Labor and Employment and its duly appointed personnel to have visitorial and
enforcement powers that guarantees access to employers’ records and premises any
time of the day or night whenever work is being undertaken therein.
 To further strengthen the enforcement of labor standards, enacted in 2017 is RA
11058 or an “Act of Strengthening the Compliance with Occupational Safety and
Health (OSH) Standards and Providing Penalties for Violations Thereof”, which
stipulates that the State shall ensure a safe and healthful workplace for all Filipino
workers by providing them full protection against all hazards in their work
environment.
 With this strengthened OSH law, a stricter compliance of establishments to general
labor standards and occupational safety and health standards in protecting its
workers against injury, sickness or health is expected. Otherwise, a corresponding
more severe penalty for any violation will likewise be imposed accordingly.
 Specifically, the Occupational Safety and Health Center (OSHC) and the Bureau of
Working Conditions (BWC) of the DOLE are mandated by law to formulate
programs/interventions against work accidents and illnesses; develop and prescribe
adequate labor standards at the workplace; and exercise supervision over the DOLE
regional offices in its enforcement activities and administration.
INCIDENCE RATE OF FATAL OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES DECLINE BY 2.6 PERCENTAGE POINTS
 Occupational injury is defined as a result of a work-related event which happened in

the course of an individual’s employment activities that may cause personal injury,
illness or death. Incidence rate is a measure of safety performance in the workplace
used to provide occupational injury statistics at the national level.
 Statistics showed that the incidence rate of fatal occupational injuries per 100,000
employed persons in 2015 was recorded at 3.8 percent. This means that there were
around 4 cases of occupational injuries with workdays lost per 1,000 workers during
the year. In comparison with the 2013 figures, the incidence rate declined by 2.6
percentage points from the 6.4 incidence rate reported in 2013. (Figure 1)
 Among sectors, agricultural establishments posted the highest incidence rate (10.9%)
in 2015 followed by industry sector (3.8%) and services sector (3.4), respectively. For
both agriculture and industry sectors, fatal incidence rates declined from 2013 to
2015. Agricultural establishments posted the highest decline in the incidence rate of
fatal occupational injuries from 48.8 incidence rate in 2013 to 10.9 incidence rate in
2015. The industry sector declined from 6.3 percent in 2013 to 3.8 percent in 2015.
On the other hand, fatal incidence rate for the services sector minimally increased to
3.4 percentage points in 2015.
25
 Non-fatal incidence rate for occupational injuries per 100,000 employed persons had
also declined in 2015. Specifically, 484 cases of non- fatal injuries per 1,000 workers
was observed in 2013 to 426 cases in 2015.
 By sector, agriculture remained to have the highest incidence rate for non-fatal cases
with 1,349, an increase of 36 cases from the 1,313 cases in 2013. The industry and
services sector followed with 750 and 222 cases, respectively. (Figure 2)
 Both the industry and services sectors displayed declines in their respective non-fatal
incidence rates. Industry sector with 121 cases from 871 in 2013 to 750 in 2015 while
the services sector with a decline of 14 cases.
26
INCIDENCE RATE OF OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES DECREASED BY 1,042
 An occupational disease is defined as any ailment contracted by a worker primarily
as a result of an exposure to risk factors arising from work activity or work
environment.
 Survey results showed that the incidence rate of occupational diseases per 100,000
employed persons decreased by 1,042 cases from the 4,073 cases posted in 2013 to
the 3,031 cases in 2015. (Figure 4)
 Among different sectors, agriculture was the only that incurred an increase from the
2,298 cases in 2013 to 3,728 cases in 2015.
 On the other hand, both industry and services sector were able to mitigate
occupational diseases with 3,418 and 2,808 cases in 2015, respectively.
NUMBER OF DOLE LABOR INSPECTORATE CONTINUALLY EXPANDS OVER TIME

 Work-related accidents often lead to high economic cost and more importantly
endangers the employees’ welfare. However, these occupational accidents and
injuries can be mitigated or even be prevented through strict and proper
implementation of the required labor standards at the workplace.
 The Labor Laws Compliance Officers (LLCOs) of the DOLE are mandated under
DOLE Department Order No. 131-B (2016) to be engaged in the enforcement,
education of employers on their obligations, and offering technical assistance
services to employers and workers that will increase their capacity to comply and
monitor compliance with labor standards.
 Wider coverage of labor inspectors corresponds to a sterner implementation of labor
standards. Thus, it is imperative to maintain a good number of labor inspectors that
are being deployed to ensure proper labor standards enforcement. Positively, the
number of LCCOs are continuously being increased from 462 in 2014 to 562 in 2017.
(Figure 5)
27
ESTABLISHMENTS WITH VIOLATIONS ON LABOR STANDARDS AND

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS DECREASED BY 3.4 PERCENT
 Data on labor inspection showed a steep increase in the number of establishments
with violations in either general labor standards or OSH standards in 2015. This was
then followed by a gradual decline in the shares of establishments with violations
from 2016 to 2017 posted at 50.1 percent and 46.7 percent, respectively. (Figure 6)
 By type of violation, the most common violation incurred by establishments under

general labor standards in 2017 was no record keeping/non-presentation of records
accounting for 21.0 percent of total establishments with violations on the required
labor standards. (Figure 7)
 This was followed by wage-related violations such as underpayment of minimum
wage (14.1%); non- remittance of Social Security System (SSS) Premium (13.2%);
non- payment/underpayment of regular holiday pay (10.7%); and non-
payment/underpayment of overtime pay (10.0 %).
28
 With regard to violations on occupational safety and health standards, the most
widespread violation among inspected establishments in 2017 was inadequacy of
first-aider at 19.3 percent. (Figure 8)
 This was followed by non-registration of establishment (Rule 1020) at 18.6 percent;
non-keeping of medical records (15.9%); non-submission of accident report (14.2%);
non-submission of annual medical report (13.8%); and no safety committee (11.0%).
FOR INQUIRIES
Regarding this report, contact LABOR STANDARDS AND RELATIONS STATISTICS DIVISION at 376-1921
Regarding other statistics, contact KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION at 462-6600 local 834 Or visit
our website at http://www.psa.gov.ph
https://psa.gov.ph/sites/default/files/LABSTAT%20Updates%20Vol.%2023%20No.%208%20-
%20Statistics%20on%20Safe%20Work%20Environment.pdf
29
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (OSH) STANDARDS SALIENT FEATURES AS
AMENDED 1989
OSH Standards are mandatory rules standards set and to eliminate or reduce occupational
safety and health hazards in the workplace.
Occupational health and safety are a cross-disciplinary area concerned with protecting the
safety, health and welfare of welfare of people engaged in work or employment. The goal of
all occupational health and safety programs is to foster a safe work environment.
As a secondary effect. It may also protect co-workers, family members, employers,

customers, suppliers, nearby communities, and other members of the public who are
impacted by the workplace environment. It may involve interactions among many subject
areas, including occupational medicine, occupational (or industries) hygiene, public health,
safety engineering, chemistry, health physics, ergonomics, toxicology, epidemiology,
environment health, industries relations, public policy, industrial sociology, medical
sociology, social law, labor law and occupational health psychology.
The OSH Standards are mandatory rules on occupational safety and health
promulgated pursuant to Article 162, Book IV of the Labor Code of the Philippines,
P.D. 442.
BOOK FOUR HEALTH, SAFETY AND SOCIAL WELFARE BENEFITS
Title I MEDICAL, DENTAL AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
Chapter II OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
ART. 168. [162] Safety and Health Standards. The Secretary of Labor and
Employment shall, by appropriate orders, set and enforce mandatory occupational safety
and health standards to eliminate or reduce occupational safety and health hazards in all
workplaces and institute new, and update existing, programs to ensure safe and healthful
working conditions in all places of employment.
ART. 169. [163] Research. It shall be the responsibility of the Department of Labor and
Employment to conduct continuing studies and research to develop innovative methods,
techniques and approaches for dealing with occupational safety and health problems; to
discover latent diseases by establishing causal connections between diseases and work in
environmental conditions; and to develop medical criteria which will assure insofar as
practicable that no employee will suffer impairment or diminution in health, functional
capacity, or life expectancy as a result of his work and working conditions
ART. 171. [165] Administration of Safety and Health Laws. (a) The Department of
Labor shall be solely responsible for the administration and enforcement of occupational
safety and health laws, regulations and standards in all establishments and workplaces
wherever they may be located; however, chartered cities may be allowed to conduct
industrial safety inspections of establishments within their respective jurisdictions where they
have adequate facilities and competent personnel for the purpose as determined by the
Department of Labor and subject to national standards established by the latter.
30
WHAT DOES SAFETY AND HEALTH IN THE WORKPLACE MEAN?
Safety refers to the physical or environmental conditions of work which comply with
prescribed Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Standards and which allow the workers to
perform the job without or within acceptable exposure limit to hazards. Occupational safety
also to practices related to production and work process.
Health means a sound state of the body and mind of the workers that enables the worker or
employee to perform the job normally.
OSH Standards aim to provide at least the minimum acceptable degree of protection that
must be afforded to every worker in relation to the working conditions and dangers of injury,
sickness or death that may arise by reason by reason of the workers occupation. The
provision of OSH Standards by the State is an exercise of police power, with the intention of
promoting the welfare and well-being of the workers.
WHAT ARE COVERED BY THE GENERAL OSH STANDARDS?

All establishments, workplaces and other undertakings are covered, including agriculture
enterprises. Whether operating for profit or not, except:
 Residential places exclusively devoted to dwelling purposes.
 Mines which is under the Department of Environment and Natural
Resources (DENR).
WHAT DOES RIGHT TO SAFE AND HEALTHFUL CONDITIONS OF WORK MEAN?

It means that the worker shall be assured of effective protection against the danger of injury,
sickness or death through safe and healthful working conditions.
WHAT IS THE MINIMUM STANDARD ON SAFETY AND HEALTH IN THE

WORKPLACE?
The OSH Standards provide that every company shall keep and maintain is workplace free
from work hazards that are likely to cause physical harm to the workers or damage to
property. Thus, the worker is entitled to be provided by the employer with:
 Appropriate seats, lighting and ventilation;
 Adequate passageways, exits and firefighting equipment;
 Separate facilities for men and women;
 Appropriate safety devices like protective gears, masks, helmets, safety
boots, coats or first-aid kits;
 Medicines, medical supplies or first-aid kits;
 Free medical and dental services and facilities.
31
WHAT OTHER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SHOULD EMPLOYERS PROVIDE THEIR

EMPLOYEES?
Employers must provide their employees with the following instruments and/or working
stations;
 Appropriate protective equipment and clothing such as overall head
coverings, goggles, gloves, aprons and respiratory;
 A properly designed exhaust system and waste disposal, local exhaust or
general ventilation to keep toxic fumes or gases, away from workers’
breathing zone;
 Adequate number of fire extinguishers in the workplace;
 Designated safe smoking and welding areas far from combustible.
Flammable or explosive materials, containers filled with explosives or
flammable substances, and containers that have held explosives or
flammable materials.
WHAT SAFETY MEASURES MUST BE OBSERVED WITHIN THE PREMISES OF

ESTABLISHMENTS?
Establishments must observe the following safety measures:
 Building premises shall have adequate fire, emergency or danger signs
and safety instructions of standard colors and sizes visible at all times.
 Other visible sign that may be needed to direct the driver of motorized
vehicles such as STOP, YIELD and DO NOT ENTER, properly positioned
within the compound of the establishment shall be used to increase safety
especially during the night.
 Handicapped employees shall be restricted only to designated workplaces.
As far as practicable establishment;
 Good housekeeping shall be maintained at all times though cleanliness of
building, yards, machines, and filing material;
 Adequate dressing rooms, rooms, comfort rooms and lavatories separate
for male and female workers shall be provided.
WHO ENFORCES OSH STANDARDS?

The Secretary of Labor and Employment, through the Regional Director or his other
authorized representatives, enforces the OSH Standards in the exercise of visitorial and
enforcement powers.
WHAT IS VISITORIAL POWER?

Visitorial power refers to the authority to conduct inspections or investigations in the
premises of an employer at any time of the day or night whenever work is being undertaken.
32
This is necessary to determine violations or to enforce the rights of workers under the Labor
Code. Under this power, the employer may be required to submit reports and other
documents to determine any violation.
WHAT IS ENFORCEMENT POWER?

Enforcement power refers to the authority of the Secretary or Regional Director to order an
erring employer, after due notice and hearing, to comply with labor standards and issue a
writ of execution in case of non-compliance. If the violation poses graves and imminent
danger to the health and safety of workers, suspension or cessation of the operations may
be effected within 24 hours from the issuance of the order.
HOW ARE THESE STANDARDS ENFORCED?

These standards are enforced through the inspection system. Thus, every employer shall
provide to the Secretary or to his/her duly authorized representative access to its premises
or records at any time of the day or night whenever there is work to determine and effect
compliance.
Every establishment or workplace shall be inspected at least once a year. However, special
inspection visits may be authorized by the Regional Office to investigate work-related
accidents, occupational illness or dangerous occurrences, conduct surveys, follow-up
inspection recommendations, or to conduct investigations or inspections upon request of an
employer, worker or labor union in the establishment.
If worker or representative of workers or any concerned person believes that such a

violation of the OSH Standards exists which threatens with physical harm or poses
imminent danger to life, what shall he do to correct the danger?
The said worker or workers’ representative shall request the RO for an inspection of their
area by giving full particulars or details regarding such violation or danger.
WHAT DOES THE REGIONAL OFFICE DO IN SUCH A CASE?

The Regional Office evaluates the report and conducts a special inspection or investigation
immediately in the subject establishment. The complainant is notified in writing of the
outcome of such investigation.
RULES OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS
1000 General Provisions 1170 Unfired Pressure Vessels
1010 Other Safety Rules 1180 Internal Combustion Engine
33
1020 Registration 1200 Machine Guarding
1030 Training & Accreditation 1210 Electrical Safety
1040 Health & Safety Committee 1220 Elevators & Related Equipment
Notification & Keeping 1230 Identification of Piping System

1050
Occupational Illnesses & Injuries
1060 Premises of Establishments 1240 Power Piping Lines
1070 Environmental Control 1410 Construction Safety
1080 Personal Protective Equipment 1420 Logging
1090 Hazardous Material 1940 Fire Protection & Control
Gas & Electric Welding & Cutting 1950 Pesticides & Control
1100
Operation
1120 Hazardous Work Process 1960 OH Services
1140 Explosives 1970 Fees
1150 Materials Handling & Storage 1980 Authority of LGUs
1160 Boiler 1990 Final Provisions
34
REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11058 SALIENT FEATURES

“AN ACT STRENGTHENING COMPLIANCE WITH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH STANDARDS AND PROVIDING PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS THEREOF”
Declaration of Policy of the Act
The State affirms labor as a primary social and economic force, and that a safe and healthy
workforce is an integral aspect of nation building.
The State shall ensure a safe and healthful workplace for all working people by affording
them full protection against all hazards in their work environment. It shall ensure that the
provisions of the Labor Code of the Philippines, all domestic laws, and internationally-
recognized standards on occupational safety and health are being fully enforced and
complied with by the employers, and it shall provide penalties for any violation thereof.
The State shall protect every worker against injury, sickness or death through safe and
healthful working conditions thereby assuring the conservation of valuable manpower
resources and the prevention of loss or damage to lives and properties consistent with
national development of every worker as a complete human being.
The State, in protection the safety and health of the workers, shall promote strict but
dynamic, inclusive, and gender-sensitive measures in the formulation and implementation of
policies and programs related to occupational safety and health.
COVERAGE OF THE ACT

This Act shall apply to all establishments, projects, sites, including Philippine Economic
Zone Authority (PEZA) establishments, and all other places where work is being undertaken
in all branches of economic activity, except in the public sector.
PERTINENT TERMS OF THE ACT

a) Certified First-Aider refers to any person trained and duly certified to administer first
aid by the Philippine Red Cross or any organization authorized by the Secretary of
Labor and Employment;
b) Competency standards refer to industry-determined specification of proficiency
required for effective work performance. These are expressed as outcomes with
focus on workplace activity rather than training or personal attributes, and the ability
to apply new skills in new situations or changing work organization;
c) Covered workplaces refer to establishments, projects, sites and all other places
where work is being undertaken wherein the number of employees, nature of
operations, and risk or hazard involved in the business, as determined by the
Secretary of Labor and Employment, require compliance with the provisions of this
Act.
35
d) Employer refers to any person, natural or juridical, including the principal employer,
contractor or subcontractor, if any, who directly or indirectly benefits from the services
of the employee;
e) Equipment refers to any machine with engine or electric motor as prime mover;
f) General safety and health inspection refer to an examination of the work
environment including the location and operation of machinery other than those
covered by the technical safety audits, adequacy of work space, ventilation, lighting
conditions of work environment, handling, storage or work procedures, protection
facilities and other possible sources of safety and health hazards in the workplace;
g) Imminent danger refers to a situation caused by a condition or practice in any place
of employment that could reasonably be expected to lead to death or serious physical
harm;
h) Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE’s) refer to establishments employing less than
ten (10) employees, and establishments employing less than one hundred (100)
employees, respectively;
i) Occupational health personnel refer to a qualified first aider, nurse, dentist or
physician engaged by employer to provide occupational health services in the
establishment, project, site or workplace;
j) Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Standards refer to the Occupational Safety
and Health Standards issued by the Secretary of Labor and Employment pursuant to
Articles 168 and 171, Chapter 2, Title I of Book Four of Presidential Degree No. 442,
as amended, otherwise known as the Labor Code of the Philippines, and such other
standards as may be issued pursuant to this Act.
k) Safety and health audit refer to a regular and critical examination of project sites,
safety programs, records, and management performance on program standards on
safety and health.
l) Safety and health committee refer to a body created within the workplace tasked
with the authority to monitor, inspect, and investigate all aspects of the work
pertaining to the safety and health of workers.
m) Safety and health program refer to a set of detailed rule to govern the processes and
practices in all economic activities to conform with OSH standards, including the
personnel responsible, and penalties for any violation thereof.
n) Safety Officer refer to any employee or officer of the company trained by the
Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) and tasked by the employer to
implement an occupational safety and health program, and ensure that ii is in
accordance with the provisions of OSH standards.
o) Safety signage refer to any emergency, warning or danger signpost or any safety
instruction using standard colors and sizes, including the standard symbols for safety
instructions and warnings in the workplace, prescribed by the DOLE; and
p) Workplace refer to any site or location where workers need to be or to go to by
reason of their work, and which are under the direct or indirect control of the
employer.
DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS, WORKERS, AND OTHER PERSONS

a) Every employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, and any person who manages,
controls or supervises the work being undertaken shall:
36
1) Furnish the workers a place of employment free from hazardous conditions
that are causing or are likely to cause death, illness or physical harm to the
workers;
2) Give complete job safety instructions or orientation to all the workers
especially to those entering the job for the first time, including those relating
to familiarization with their work environment;
3) Inform the workers of the hazards associated with their work, health risks
involved or to which they are exposed to, preventive measures to eliminate or
minimize the risks, and steps to be taken in cases of emergency;
4) Use only approved devices and equipment for the workplace;
5) Comply with OSH standards including training, medical examination and,
where necessary, provision of protective and safety devices such as personal
protective equipment (PPE) and machine guards.
6) Allow workers and their safety and health representatives to participate
actively in the process of organizing, planning, implementing and evaluating
the safety and health program to improve safety and health in the workplace;
and
7) Provide, where necessary, for measures to deal with emergencies and
accidents including first-aid arrangements.
b) Every worker shall participate in ensuring compliance with OSH standards in the
workplace. The worker shall make proper use of all safeguards and safety devices
furnished for the worker’s protection and that of others, and shall observe instructions
the prescribed steps to be taken in case of emergency.
The worker shall report to the supervisor any work hazard that may be discovered in
the workplace.
c) `It shall be the duty of any person, including the builder or contractor who visits,
builds, renovates or installs devices or conducts business in any establishment or
workplace, to comply with the provisions of this Act and all other regulations issued
by the Secretary of Labor and Employment.
d) Whenever two (2) or more undertakings are engaged in activities simultaneously in
one (1) workplace, it shall be the duty of all engaged to collaborate in the application
of OSH standards and regulations.
WORKER’S RIGHT TO KNOW

The right to safety and health at work shall be guaranteed. All workers shall be appropriately
informed by the employer about all types of hazards in the workplace, provided access to
training and education on chemical safety, and to orientation on the data sheet of chemical
safety, electrical safety, mechanical safety, and ergonomically safety.
WORKER’S RIGHT TO REFUSE UNSAFE WORK

The worker has the right of refusal to work without threat or reprisal from the employer if, as
determined by the DOLE, an imminent danger situation exits in the workplace that may
result in illness, injury or death, and corrective actions to eliminate the danger have not been
undertaken by the employer.
37
WORKER’S RIGHT TO REPORT ACCIDENTS
Workers and their representatives shall have the right to report accidents, dangerous
occurrences, and hazards to the employer, to the DOLE and to other concerned government
agencies exercising jurisdiction as the competent authority in the specific industry or
economic activity.
WORKER’S RIGHT TO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

Every employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, shall provide his workers, free of
charge, protective equipment for their eyes, face, hands, and feet, and lifeline, safety belt or
harness, gas or dust respirators or masks, and protective shields whenever necessary by
reason of the hazardous work process or environment, chemical, radiological, mechanical
and other irritants or hazards capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of any
part of the body through absorption, inhalation or physical contact. The cost of PPE shall be
part of the safety and health program which is a separate pay item pursuant to Section 20 of
this Act.
All PPE shall be of the appropriate type as tested and approved by the DOLE based on its
standards. The usage of PPE in all establishments, projects, sites and all other places
where work is being undertaken shall be based on the evaluation and recommendation of
the safety officer.
SAFETY SIGNAGE AND DEVICES

All establishments, projects, sites and all other places where work is being undertaken shall
have safety signage and devices to warn the workers and the public of the hazards in the
workplace. Safety signage and devices shall be posted in prominent positions at strategic
locations in a language understandable to all, and in accordance with the standards set by
the DOLE.
SAFETY IN THE USE OF EQUIPMENT

In relation to the use of equipment, the employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, must
comply with the DOLE requirements in the different phases of the company or project
operation including the transport to and from the establishment, project, site or place where
work is being undertaken.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH INFORMATION

Workers in all establishments, projects, sites, and all other places where work is being
undertaken shall be provided adequate and suitable information by the employer, contractor
or subcontractor, if any, on safety and health hazards, and the appropriate measures,
including the probable location of workers, for the prevention, control and protection against
those hazards.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM

Covered workplaces shall a safety and health program including the following policies,
guidelines or information;
38
a) Statement of commitment to comply with OSH requirements;
b) General safety and health, including a drug-free workplace
c) Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome
(AIDS)/Tuberculosis/Hepatitis prevention and control.
d) Company or project details;
e) Composition and duties of the safety and health committee;
f) Occupational safety and health personnel and facilities;
g) Safety and health promotion, training and education;
h) Conduct of toolbox meetings
i) Accident/incident/illness investigation, recording and reporting
j) Provision and use of PPE
k) Provision of safety signage;
l) Dust control and management, and regulations on activities such as building of
temporary structure, and lifting and operation of electrical, mechanical,
communications systems and other equipment.
m) Provision of workers’ welfare facilities;
n) Emergency preparedness and response plan
o) Waste management system; and
p) Prohibited acts and penalties
COMPOSITION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (OSH) COMMITTEE

To ensure that the safety and health program is observed, a safety and health committee
shall be organized to effectively plan, develop, oversee and monitor the implementation of
the safety and health program in covered workplaces composed of the following;
a) Employer or a representative as the chairperson, ex officio
b) Safety Officer of the company or project as the secretary;
c) Safety Officers representing the contractor or subcontractor, as the case may be, as
members;
d) Physicians, nurses, certified first-aiders, and dentists as members, ex officio, if
applicable; and
e) Workers’ representatives who shall come from the union if the workers through a
simple majority vote if they are unorganized, as members.
PROVISION OF SAFETY OFFICER
TO ENSURE THAT A SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM IS DULY FOLLOWED AND

ENFORCED, COVERED WORKPLACES SHALL HAVE SAFETY OFFICERS WHO
SHALL;
a) Oversee the overall management of the safety and health program
b) Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation being
undertaken;
c) Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any
time whenever work is being performed or during the conduct of an accident
investigation; and
d) Issue work stoppage orders when necessary
39
The number and qualification of safety officers shall be proportionate to the total number of
workers and equipment, the size of the work area and such other criteria as may be
prescribed by the DOLE.
In the case of a contractor or subcontractor, a safety officer must be deployed at each

specific area of operations to oversee the management of the safety and health program of
its own workforce.
PROVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES

Covered workplaces shall have qualified occupational health personnel such as physicians,
nurses, certified first-aiders, and dentists duly complemented with the required medical
supplies, equipment and facilities, and the amount of supplies shall be proportionate to the
total number of workers and the risk or hazard involved, the ideal ratio of which shall be
prescribed by the DOLE.
PROVISION OF SAFETY AND HEALTH TRAINING

a) All safety and health personnel shall undergo the mandatory training on basic
occupational safety and health for safety officers as prescribed by the DOLE.
b) All workers shall undergo the mandatory training eight (8) hours safety and health
seminar as required by the DOLE which shall include a portion on joint employer-
employee orientation.
c) All personnel engaged in the operation, erection and dismantling of equipment and
scaffolds, structural erections, excavations, blasting operations, demolition, confined
spaces, hazardous chemicals, welding and flame cutting shall undergo specialized
instruction and training on the said activities.
SUBMISSION OF REPORTS ABOUT OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

All employers, contractors or subcontractors, if any, shall submit all safety and health
reports, and notifications prescribed by the DOLE.
Workers’ Competency Certification

In order to professionalized, upgrade and update the level of competence of workers, the
Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) or the Professional
Regulation Commission (PRC), as the case may be, shall establish national competency
assessment and certification for critical occupations. In this regard, all critical occupations
shall undergo the mandatory competency assessment and certification by the TESDA.
An occupation shall be considered critical when;

a) The performance of a job affects the people’s lives and safety;
b) The job involves the handling of tools, equipment and supplies;
c) The job requires a relatively long period of education and training; and
40
d) The performance of the job may compromise the safety, health and environmental
concerns within the immediate vicinity of the establishment.
PROVISION OF WORKER’S WELFARE FACILITIES

All establishments, projects, sites, and all other places where work is being undertaken shall
have the following welfare facilities in order to ensure humane working conditions;
a) Adequate supply of safe drinking water
b) Adequate sanitary and washing facilities
c) Suitable living accommodation for workers, as may be applicable; and
d) Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for men and women workers as
may be applicable.
PROVISION OF COST OF SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM

The total cost of implementing a duly approved safety and health program shall be an
integral part of the operations cost. It shall be a separate pay item in construction and in all
contracting or subcontracting arrangements.
Note: Detailed information of this signed Act is being covered at the end of this manual as
annexed for references.
41
SALIENT FEATURES OF DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 198 SERIES OF 2018

Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act no. 11058 entitled “An Act of
Strengthening Compliance with Occupational Safety and Health Standards and Providing
Penalties for Violations Thereof”
EFFECTIVITY
The Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) was originally signed on December 2018,
published in the newspaper (Phil Star) January 09, 2019 and was in effect since January 24,
2019.
COVERAGE
It shall apply to all establishments, projects and sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken in all branches of economic activity, including;
 Establishments located inside special economic zones and other investment
promotion agencies (e.g., Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), Clark
Development Corporation (CDC);
 Utilities engaged in air, sea, and land transportation
 Industries such as mining, fishing, construction, agriculture, and maritime;
 Contractors and subcontractors including those engaged in the project of the public
sector.
The Rules does not apply to the public sector such as national government agencies,
government-owned and controlled corporations with original charters, government financial
institutions, state universities and colleges and local government units.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Certified First- Any person trained and duly certified to administer first-aid by the
Aider Philippine Red Cross
Establishment, projects, sites and all other places where work is
being undertaken wherein the number of employees, nature of
Covered
operations and risk or hazard involved in the business as determined
Workplaces
by the Secretary of Labor and Employment, require compliance with
the provisions of Do 198-18.
Accredited Refer to those which have been granted accreditation by the
Training Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) pursuant to
Organizations Department Order n. 16, Series of 2001.
Any person, natural or judicial, including the contractor,
Employer subcontractor, and principal employer who directly or indirectly
benefit from the services of the employee.
42
Equipment Any machine with engine or electric motor as prime mover

An examination of the work environment, including the location and
General safety
operation of machinery other than those covered by technical safety
and health
audits, ventilation, and other possible sources of safety and health
inspection
hazards.
Refers to a workplace wherein the presence of hazard or potential

hazard within the company may affect the safety and/or health of
workers. The following are workplaces commonly associated with
potentially high-risk activities;
1. Chemical works and chemical production plants
2. Construction
3. Deep See Fishing
4. Explosives and Pyrotechnics factories
5. Firefighting
6. Healthcare facilities
7. Installation of communication accessories, towers and cables

High Risk
8. LPG filling, refilling, storage and distribution
Establishment
9. Mining
10. Petrochemical works and refineries
11. Power generation, transmission and distribution to the energy sector
12. Storage and distribution center for toxic and hazardous chemicals
13. Storage of fertilizers in high volume
14. Transportation
15. Water supply, sewerage, waste management, remediation activities
16. Works in which chlorine is used in bulk
17. Activities closely similar to those enumerated above and other activities as
determined by DOLE in accordance with existing issuances on the
classification of establishments.
A situation caused by a condition or practice in any place of

Imminent Danger employment that could reasonably be expected to lead to death or
serious physical harm
A workplace where there is a low level of danger or exposure to
Low Risk
safety and health hazards and not likely or with low probability to
Establishment
result in accident, harm or illness.
Medium Risk A workplace where there is moderate exposure to safety and health
Establishment hazards and with probability of an accident, injury or illness
43
Micro and Small Establishments employing less than 10 employees and the
Enterprises establishments employing less than 100 employees, respectively,
(MSEs) regardless of capitalization
A qualified first-aider, nurse, dentist or physician engaged by the
Occupational
employer to provide occupational health services in the
Health Personnel
establishment, project, site or workplace.
Occupational Safety A qualified Safety Officer 4 or its equivalent, duly certified by DOLE
and Health (OSH) to perform and/or render consultative services on OSH in at least 2
Consultant fields of specialization as determined by DOLE.
Occupational Safety A qualified Safety Officer 3 or its equivalent, duly certified by DOLE
and Health (OSH) to render occupational safety and health services in a defined and
Practitioner specific scope or core competency.
A set of rules issued by DOLE which mandates the adoption and
Occupational Safety
use of appropriate practices, means, methods, operations or
and Health (OSH)
processes, and working conditions to ensure safe and healthful
Standards
employment.
A specified clothing or equipment designed to protect workers
Personal Protective
against safety and health hazards that may cause serious
Equipment (PPE)
workplace injuries and illnesses.
A body created within the workplace tasked with the authority to
Safety and Health plan, develop and implement OSH policies and programs, monitor
Committee and evaluate the OSH program, and inspect and investigate all
aspects of the work pertaining to safety and health of workers.
Safety and Health A set of detailed rules to govern company policies, processes and
Program practices in all economic activities to conform with OSH standards.
Any employee or officer of the company trained by DOLE or DOLE-
Safety Officer Accredited Training Organization and tasked by the employer to
implement an OSH program.
An employee who has completed the mandatory 8-hour OSH
Safety Officer 1
orientation course as prescribed in the OSH standards and 2-hour
(SO1)
trainer’s training.
An employee who has completed the mandatory forty 40-hour OSH
Safety Officer 2
training course applicable to the industry as prescribed in the OSH
(SO 2)
standards
40-hour OSH training course applicable to the industry additional
Safety Officer 3
48 hours of advanced/specialized OSH training course at least 2
(SO 3)
years’ experience in OSH
40-hour OSH training course
Safety Officer 4 80-hour of advanced/specialized Occupational Safety Training
(SO 4) Course
Aggregate of 320 hours of OSH related training or experience
44
Any emergency, warning or danger signpost using the standard
Safety Signage colors and sizes, including the standard symbols for safety
instructions and warnings in the workplace.
Worker Any member of the labor force, regardless of employment
Workers’ OSH The mandatory 8-hour module conducted by the safety officer of
Seminar the workplace as prescribed by the OSH standards.
DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS
 Equip a place of employment for workers free from hazardous conditions that are
causing or are likely to cause death, illness, or physical harm
 Ensure that the chemical, physical and biological substances and agents, and
ergonomic and psychosocial stresses under control are without risk to health
 Comply with OSHS including training, medical examination, and where necessary,
provisions on protective and safety devices such PPE and machine guards.
 Provide, where necessary, for measures identifying training and drills, evacuation
plans, etc. to deal with emergencies, fires and accidents including first-aid
requirements
 Comply with all reportorial requirements of the OSH standards
 Register establishment to DOLE as provided under Rule 1020 of the OSH Standards
DUTIES OF WORKERS
 Participate in capacity building activities on safety and health and other OSH related
topics and programs;
 Proper use of all safeguards and safety devices furnished for worker’s protection and
that of others
 Comply with instructions to prevent accidents or imminent danger situations in the
workplace
 Observe prescribed steps to be taken in cases of emergency
 Report to their immediate supervisor any work hazard that may be discovered in the
workplace.
WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REFUSE UNSAFE WORK

 The worker has the right of refusal to work without threat or reprisal from the
employer if, as determined by DOLE, an imminent danger situation exists.
 As a preventive measure, the safety officer may, following his/her own determine and
without fear of reprisal, implement a work stoppage or suspend operations in cases of
imminent danger.
 The employer or safety officer cannot require the worker to return to work where
there is a continuing imminent danger.
45
WORKERS’ RIGHT TO REPORT ACCIDENTS

 Workers and their representatives shall have the right to report accidents, dangerous
occurrences, and hazards to the employer, to DOLE and to other concerned
competent government agencies.
 Reporting of accidents to DOLE may be made through any means of communication,
including the DOLE hotline, whichever is most convenient to the worker. The same
may be reported to the nearest DOLE Regional, Field, Provincial or Satellite Office
having jurisdiction over the place of the incident.
WORKERS’ RIGHT TO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

 Every employer, contractor or subcontractor, if any, shall provide his/her workers,
FREE OF CHARGE, PPE for any part of the body that may be exposed to hazards of
causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of the body through
absorption, inhalation or physical contact.
SAFETY SIGNAGE AND DEVICES

have safety signage and devices to warn the workers and the public of the hazards in the
workplace.
Safety signage and devices shall be posted in prominent positions at strategic locations in a
language understandable to all.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM

Covered workplaces shall develop and implement a suitable OSH program in a format
prescribed by DOLE which shall be posted in prominent places.
The DOLE shall prescribe a format that should be accomplished fully by the employer,
contractor or subcontractor, if any, in consultation with the workers and their
representatives.
The OSH program shall be communicated and be made readily available to all persons in
the workplace. It shall be updated periodically whenever the DOLE, other regulatory or
government agencies and institutions promulgate new rules, guidelines and other issuances
related to workers’ safety and health.
The establishment shall submit a copy of the OSH program to the DOLE Regional,
Provincial, Field or Satellite Office having jurisdiction over the workplace.
46
A duly signed company commitment to comply OSH requirements together with the
company OSH program using the prescribed template shall be considered approved upon
submission EXCEPT for Construction Safety and Health Program which shall need
approved by DOLE prior to construction.
OSH program in the pre-approved template may be modified by DOLE as necessary based
on existing laws, rules and regulations, and other issuances or upon validation of the
program during inspection.
The company shall review and evaluate the OSH program at least once a year or as
necessary, to ensure that its objectives are met towards an improved safety and health
performance.
SAFETY OFFICER
In the implementation of OSH program, safety officers shall be employed or designated with
the following duties and responsibilities;
 Oversee the overall management of the OSH program in coordination with OSH
committee;
 Frequently monitor and inspect any health or safety aspect of the operation
 Assist government inspectors in the conduct of safety and health inspection at any
time whenever work is being performed
 Issue Work Stoppage Order (WSO) when necessary based on the requirements and
procedures provided by the OSH standards
Safety Officer/s of all workplace must possess the necessary training and experience
requirement according to its category as contained herein.
The Respective qualifications of safety officers are as follows;

Minimum OSH
Category Prescribed Training on OSH
Experience
Safety Officer 1 (SO1) a) Mandatory eight (8) hour

OSH orientation course;
b) Two (2) hours trainers’
training
Safety Officer 2 (SO2) Mandatory forty (40) hour basic

OSH training course applicable to
the industry
Safety Officer 3 (SO3) a) Mandatory forty (40) hour At least two (2)
basic OSH training course years of
applicable to the industry; experience in
b) Additional forty-eight (48) OSH
hours of
advanced/specialized
47
occupational safety training
course relevant to the
industry;
c) Other requirements as
prescribed by the OSH
standards.
Safety Officer 4 (SO4) a) Mandatory forty (40) hour Actual

OSH training course experience as
applicable to the industry; SO3 for a least
b) Additional eighty (80) hours of four (4) years
advanced/specialized
occupational safety training
course relevant to the
industry;
c) An aggregate of three
hundred twenty (320) hours
of OSH related training or
experience (additional
training may be converted to
years of experience where
eighty (80) hours of training
may equal to one (1) year of
experience and vice versa;
d) Other requirements as
prescribed by the OSH
standards
The number and qualification of safety officers shall be proportionate to the total number of
workers and equipment, size of work area, classification of the workplace and such other
criteria as required by the OSH standards.
The safety officer shall be required to undergo the prescribed Dole-BOSH training
orientation or course, advanced OH training courses, and/or other OSH related training or
learning as necessary in the effective performance of tits duties and responsibilities.
Safety Officers engaged in micro and small establishments, low to medium risk, shall be
engaged in safety programs including other tasks designated to him/her by his/her
employer.
In the case of a contractor or subcontractor, at least 1 safety officer must be deployed at

each specific area of operations to oversee the management of the OSH program of its own
workforce.
48
Minimum classification and number of safety officer for all covered workplaces shall be as
follows;
Number of
Low Risk Medium Risk High Risk
Workers
1 to 9 One (1) SO1 One (1) SO1 One (1) SO2
10 to 50 One (1) SO1 One (1) SO3

One (1) SO2
51 to 99
One (1) SO2 and
One (1) SO2 One (1) SO2 and
100 to 199 One (1) SO3
One (1) SO3
Two (2) SO2 or One (1) SO2 and

200 to 250 Two (2) SO3
One (1) SO3 One (1) SO3
Two (2) SO2 and One (1) SO2 and

251 to 500 Two (2) SO3
One (1) SO3 Two (2) SO3
Two (2) SO2 and

500 to 750 One (1) SO2 and
One (1) SO3 Two (2) SO3
Two (2) SO3
751 to 1000 Two (2) SO3
Every additional Additional

250 or fraction - -
thereof One (1) SO3 or SO4
Every additional Additional

Additional
500 or fraction One (1) SO3 or
thereof One (1) SO3
SO4
The engagement of the services of a certified OSH consultant (SO4) shall be allowed for a
period not longer than 1 year for establishments whose designated safety officer has to be
trained or is in the process of completing the prescribed training courses and relevant
experience
49
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES
The number of health personnel, which may be classified as full time (FT) or part-time (PT),
equipment and facilities, and the amount of supplies shall be proportionate to the total
number of workers and the risk or hazard involved in the workplace, the ideal ration of which
shall be as follows
Number Low Risk Medium to High Risk

of
Workers First- OH OH OH First- OH OH OH
Aider Nurse Dentist* Physician Aider Nurse Dentist* Physician
1-9 1 - - - 1 - - -
10-50 - - - - - -
51-99 - - - 2 PT - -
100-199 2 2 PT - - 2 1 FT 1 PT 1 PT
200-500 3-5 1 FT 1 PT 1 PT 3-5 1 FT 1 PT 2 PT
500- 6-20 1 FT 1 PT 2 PT 6-20 1 FT 1 FT 2 PT or

2000 1 PT
>2000 >20 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT and >20 1 FT 1 FT 1 FT and

per shift 2 PT per 2 PT
shift
Every 1 - - - 1 - - -
100
workers
or
fraction
thereof
Every - 1 FT - - - 1 FT - -
250
workers
or
fraction
thereof
Every - - 1 FT 1 FT or - - 1 FT 1 FT or
500 4 PT 4 PT
workers
or
fraction
thereof
PT = 4h/d, 3d/w; FT = 8h/d, 6d/w
OH personnel shall be placed in the shift with the highest numbers of workers
*For OH Dentist: Alternatively, establishments can enter into a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) for
dental services for workers; provided that the requirements for dental facilities are met.
For OH Physicians: If more than 1 PT physician is required, a physician must be present in all work days
of the establishment.
50
For employer covered by this Rules shall provide his/her medical services and facilities and
shall not be an excuse by employer from maintaining in his/her workplace a first aid
treatment room or clinic for workers which shall be as follows;
Low Risk Medium to High Risk

Number of
First aid Clinic Hospital First Clinic Hospital
Workers
Treatment (Number of (Number of Treatment (Number of (Number of
Room Beds) Beds) Room Beds) Beds)
1-9 - - 1 - -
10-50 1 - - 1 - -
51-99 - 2 1 -
1
100-199 - -
200-250 - 2 -
2
Additional 1 Additional 1
251-500 - -
for every 100 for every 50
worker or worker or a
501-750 Additional 1 - Additional 1 -
fraction fraction
for every 200 for every 100
thereof thereof
751-1000 worker or worker or -
fraction fraction
1
thereof 1 full thereof 1 full
1001-2000 1
time time
The employer may not establish a hospital or dental clinic in the workplace where there is a
hospital or dental clinic which is located not more than five (5) kilometers away from the
workplace, accessible in not more than twenty-five (25) minutes travel time, and the
employer has facilities readily available for transporting workers to the hospital or dental
clinic in cases of emergency.
For this purpose, the employer shall enter into a written contract with the hospital for the use
of such hospital for the treatment of workers in case of emergency.
51
SAFETY AND HEALTH TRAINING
a) All safety and health personnel shall undergo the mandatory orientation or training on
OSH as prescribed by DOLE.
The following are the minimum prescribed training or orientation for all safety and
health personnel:
FOR SAFETY PERSONNEL

Safety Officer 1 (SO1) : 1. Mandatory eight (8)-hour OSH orientation course applicable to its industry
such as:
 General Industry – Basic OSH Orientation Course
 Construction Industry – Construction OSH Orientation Course
 Maritime Industry – Maritime OSH Orientation Course, or
 Other industry specific course as may be prescribed, and
2. Two (2)-hour trainers’ training
Safety Officer 2 (SO2) : Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course applicable to its industry such
as:
 General Industry – Basic OSH Training Course
 Construction Industry – Construction OSH Training Course
 Maritime Industry – Maritime OSH Training Course or
 Other industry specific mandatory training as may be prescribed.
Safety Officer 3 (SO3) : 1. Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course applicable to its industry
such as:
 Construction Industry – Construction OSH Training Course,
 Maritime Industry – Maritime OSH Training Course, or
 Other industry specific mandatory training as may be required;
2. Additional forty-eight (48) hours of advanced/specialized occupational
safety training course relevant to the industry (e.g. industrial hygiene,
safety audit, accident investigation, OSH programming, chemical safety,
etc.); and
3. Other requirements as prescribed by the OSH standards
Safety Officer 4 (SO4) : 1. Mandatory forty (40)-hour OSH training course applicable to its industry
such as:
 Construction Industry – Construction OSH Training Course,
 Maritime Industry – Maritime OSH Training Course, or
 Other industry specific mandatory training as may be required;
2. Additional eighty (80) hours of advanced/specialized occupational safety
training course relevant to the industry (e.g. industrial hygiene, safety
audit, accident investigation, OSH programming, chemical safety, etc.);
and
3. An aggregate of three hundred twenty (320) hours of OSH related training
or experience (additional training may be converted to years of experience
where eighty (80) hours of training may equal to one (1) year of
experience and vice versa); and
4. Other requirements as prescribed by the OSH standards.
52
FOR HEALTH PERSONNEL:
First- Aider : Standard First Aid Training
OH Nurses : At least forty (40) hour Basic OSH Training Course for nurses
OH Dentist : At least forty (40) hour Basic OSH Training Course
OH Physicians : At least fifty-six (56) hour Basic OSH Training Course for physicians
b) All workers shall undergo the mandatory workers’ OSH Seminar as prescribed by
DOLE which be jointly participated by workers and employers
Standardized training module for safety and health personnel shall be implemented
and updated regularly as necessary.
The mandatory workers’ OSH seminar may be conducted by the safety officer of the
establishment or any certified OSH practitioner or consultant.
The workers’ OSH seminar and other trainings/orientations as required by the
employer and by any law shall be at no cost on the worker and considered as
compensable working time.
c) All personnel engaged in the operation, erection and dismantling of equipment and
scaffolds, structural erections, excavations, blasting operations, demolition, confined
spaces, hazardous chemicals, welding, and flame cutting shall undergo specialized
instruction and training on said activities.
Such training shall include, among others, topics on safety and specialized PPE
requirements for said high-risk work activities including the use, application and
handling of the same, which can be provided by DOLE, DOLE-Accredited Training
Organizations or PPE manufacturers.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REPORTS

All employers, contractors or subcontractor, if any, shall submit to DOLE all safety and
health reports, and notifications such as but not limited to:
 Annual Medical Report (AMR),
 OSH Committee Report
 Employer’s Work/Injury Report (WAIR), and
 Annual Work Accident/Injury Exposure Data Report (AEDR).
WORKERS’ WELFARE FACILITIES

have the following free welfare facilities in order to ensure humane working conditions:
a) Adequate supply of safe drinking water;
b) Adequate sanitary and washing facilities;
c) Suitable living accommodation for workers, as may be applicable such as in
construction, shipping, fishing and night workers;
d) Separate sanitary, washing and sleeping facilities for all gender, as may be
applicable;
53
e) Lactation station except those establishments as provided for under DOLE
Department Order No. 143-15;
f) Ramps, railings and the like: and
g) Other workers’ welfare facilities as may be prescribed by the OSH standards and
other issuances.
ALL OTHER OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDs

All employers, contractors or subcontractors, if any, shall comply with other occupational
safety and health standards as provided for in the 1978 DOLE Occupational Safety and
Health Standards, as amended.
COST OF SAFETY AND HEALTH PROGRAM

The total cost of implementing a duly approved OSH program shall be an integral part of the
operations cost.
It shall be separate pay item in construction and in all contracting or subcontracting
arrangements.
VISITORIAL POWER OF THE DOLE SECRETARY

All matters arising from the visitorial and enforcement power of the Secretary of Labor and
Employment (Secretary of Labor) or his/her duly authorized representatives shall be
governed by the applicable rules on the administration and enforcement of labor laws
pursuant to Article 128 of the Labor Code of the Philippines, as renumbered, and other laws.
The Secretary of Labor or his/her duly authorized representatives with the appropriate
inspection authority shall have the authority to enforce the mandatory OSH standards in all
establishments and conduct an annual spot audit on its compliance for the same.
The conduct of annual spot audit must be attended by a safety officer and representative of
the management and workers of the establishment.
In the absence of the establishment’s safety officer, his duly authorized representative may
attend in his stead.
The Secretary of Labor or his/her duly authorized representatives may order stoppage of
work or suspension of operations of any unit or department of an establishment when non-
compliance to this Rules, OSH standards and other applicable laws poses grave and
imminent danger to the safety and health of workers in the workplace.
The labor inspector or person authorized by DOLE to enforce compliance with this Rules,
OSH standards and other applicable laws and regulations, shall present legitimate
authorized identification upon request, and he/she shall only act within the authority or
direction given by the Secretary of Labor or his/her duly authorized representatives.
54
Any kind of self-assessment shall not take the place of labor inspection conducted by DOLE.
However, chartered cities may be allowed to conduct industrial safety inspection of
establishments within their jurisdiction in coordination with DOLE, provided that, they have
adequate facilities and competent personnel for the purpose as determined by DOLE.
Department Order No. 183, Series of 2017 and the manual on execution of judgments shall
govern the procedures in the conduct of inspection, mandatory conference, issuance of
order and execution thereof.
No person or entity shall obstruct, impede, delay or otherwise render ineffective the orders
of the Secretary of Labor and Employment or the Secretary’s duly authorized
representatives issued pursuant to the authority granted under Article 128 of the Labor Code
of the Philippines, and no lower court or entity shall issue temporary or permanent injunction
or restraining order or otherwise assume jurisdiction over any case involving the
enforcement orders.
INCENTIVES TO EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS

There shall be established package of incentives under such rules and regulations as may
be promulgated by the DOLE to qualified employers and workers to recognize their efforts
towards ensuring compliance with OSH and general labor standards such as OSH training
packages, additional protective equipment, technical guidance, recognition awards and
other similar incentives.
PROHIBITED ACTS AND ITS CORRESPONDING PENALTIES

Any willful failure or refusal of an employer, contractor or subcontractor to comply with the
following OSH standards below or with a compliance order issued by the Secretary of Labor
and Employment or his/her authorized representative shall be penalized of the
administrative fines as follows computed on a per day basis until full compliance:
Registration of establishment to DOLE P20,000.00
Provision of job safety instruction or orientation prior to work P20,000.00
Provision of worker’s training (first aid, mandatory workers training, mandatory OSH
P25,000.00
training for safety officers and health personnel)
Provision of safety signage and devices P30,000.00
Provision of medical supplies, equipment and facilities P30,000.00
Submission of reportorial requirements as prescribed by OSH standards P30,000.00
Provision of safety officer and/or OH personnel P40,000.00
Provision of certified personnel or professionals required by the OSH standards P40,000.00
55
Establishment of safety and health committee P40,000.00
Formulation and implementation of a comprehensive safety and health program P40,000.00
Provision of information on hazards and risk (absence of chemical safety data sheet,
no written SOP in materials handling, lifting etc., no permitting system for confined P40,000.00
spaces/hot works, no lock-out/tag-out system etc.)
Provision of sanitary and welfare facilities P40,000.00
Use of approved or certified or certified devices and equipment for the task P50,000.00
Provision of PPE or charging of provided PPE to workers P50,000.00
Compliance with DOLE issued WSO P50,000.00
Compliance to other OSH standards P40,000.00
Failure or refusal to comply with OSH standards or compliance order shall be deemed willful
when done voluntarily, deliberately and intentionally.
An employer, contractor or subcontractor who is found to have repeatedly violated the same
prohibited act shall be penalized of the corresponding fine plus an additional fine equivalent
to fifty percent (50%) thereof for every instance of repeat violation.
If any of the following acts is present and there is non-compliance, the penalty of one
hundred thousand pesos (₱100,000.00) administrative fine shall be imposed separate and
in addition to the daily administrative fine imposed above:
1. Repeated obstruction, delay or refusal to provide the Secretary of Labor or any of its
authorized representatives access to the covered workplace or refusal to allow
access to relevant records and documents necessary in determining compliance with
OSH standards;
2. Misrepresentation in relation to adherence to OSH; or
3. Making retaliatory measures such as termination of employment, refusal to pay,
reducing wages and benefits or in any manner discriminates against any worker who
has given information relative to the inspection being conducted.
When the violation exposes the worker to death, serious injury or serious illness, the
imposable penalty shall be one hundred thousand pesos (₱100,000.00)
Should there be 2 or more be non-compliances, all penalties shall be imposed; provided that
the total daily penalty shall not exceed one hundred thousand pesos (₱ 100,000.00).
56
The penalties shall be computed on a per day basis until full compliance reckoned from the
date of the notice of violation or service of the compliance order to the employer without
prejudice to the filing of a criminal or civil case in the regular courts, as the case may be.
The Regional Director shall, after due notice and hearing, impose the appropriate
administrative fines taking into consideration the damage or injury caused and risk involved
including the severity and frequency of the OSH violations and size of the establishment.
Fines collected pursuant to this Rules shall be utilized for the operation of OSH initiatives
incentivizing qualified employers and workers in recognition of their efforts towards ensuring
compliance with OSH.
Note: Detailed information of this Department Order is being covered at the end of this
manual as annexed for reference.
57
SALIENT FEATURES OF DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 183 SERIES OF 2017

Revised Rules on the Administration and Enforcement of Labor Laws pursuant to Article 128
of the Labor Code, As Renumbered
On October 18, 2017, the Department of Labor and Employment (“DOLE”) issued
Department Order No. 183, Series of 2017 (“DO 183”), which revised the previous DOLE
rules on the administration and enforcement of labor laws.
Prior to the enactment of DO 183, DOLE implemented a developmental approach in the

conduct of labor inspections. Under DO 183, the approach will now be regulatory, which
means that the DOLE will be stricter in ensuring compliance with the labor laws.
Below are the highlights of DO 183:

1. DOLE is authorized to conduct surprise inspections and is no longer required to give
employers written notice prior to an inspection.
2. DOLE will no longer issue certificates of compliance to employers. Under previous
DOLE rules, employers were issued a certificate of compliance that meant a
presumption of compliance for a period of two (2) years.
3. DOLE Labor Inspectors are still required to present a written “Authority to Inspect”
before conducting the inspection (i.e. examination of the employment records,
interview of employees, and inspection of the premises).
The three (3) modes of inspection are as follows:

1. Routine Inspection (formerly, joint assessment);
2. Complaint Inspection (formerly, compliance visit); and
3. Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS) Investigation.
Under DO 183, work stoppage orders (“WSOs”) are issued under the following
circumstances:
1. By the DOLE Regional Director if, during an OSHS investigation, it is determined that
an imminent danger or a dangerous occurrence exists or when a disabling injury has
occurred in the establishment subject of the investigation; and
2. By the DOLE Secretary, who may issue industry-wide WSOs under exceptional
circumstances.
Even in the absence of a WSO issued by the DOLE Regional Director, DO 183 requires
employers to suspend work if the OSHS violation poses imminent danger to the life of the
employees or can cause death or serious physical harm. During the period of work
suspension, employers are required to pay the employees’ wages.
58
Prior to DO 183, anyone from the employer’s management and any of the employees may
be appointed as employer and employee representatives, respectively, during the conduct
of inspections or investigations.
Under DO 183, the employer’s representative must be anyone of the following:

1. Owner;
2. President;
3. Vice President;
4. Manager; or
5. Any other officer holding a managerial position.
The employees’ representative, on the other hand, must be any of the following:
1. the designated representative in the collective bargaining agreement;
2. any rank-and-file employee present at the time of inspection from the Labor-
Management Committee, Compliance Committee, Safety and Health Committee, or
Family Welfare Committee; or
3. If none of the employees referred to in (1) and (2) are present at the time of
inspection, any employee present during the inspection may be the considered the
employees’ representative.
The period of correction for any violation of the general labor standards is now reduced to
ten (10) days.
If a compliance order is issued directing the employer to regularize employees and this
order is appealed to the Office of the Secretary of Labor, the employer cannot dismiss the
employees directed to be regularized during the pendency of the appeal.
Any action plan to be submitted by the establishment must be prepared with the assistance
of a Labor Inspector. If an action plan is submitted, the establishment must submit a status
report on the action plan within five (5) days after the schedule of remediation of all
violations. Failure to submit a status report shall cause the issuance of a compliance order.
The DOLE may at any time, and even if the establishment submits proof of compliance or
correction of violations of labor laws, conduct follow-up inspections of the relevant
establishment to confirm its compliance with or correction of any violations.
All establishments must keep employment records (such as the employees’ contracts,
service agreements with contractors, and payroll) for at least three (3) years from their date
of execution or issuance.
59
All work accidents and occupational illnesses in the workplace (other than those which
involve disabling injury or death) must be reported to the DOLE Regional Office on or before
the 20th of every month using the OSHS form.
In other words, establishments are required to submit its report on work accidents and
occupational illnesses by the 20th of each month. If a work accident occurred on November
21, it must be reported to the DOLE Regional Office on December 20 at the latest.
In cases of work accidents resulting in disabling injury or death, work accidents and
occupational illnesses must be reported to the DOLE Regional Office within twenty-four (24)
hours of their occurrence.
Note: Detailed information of this Department Order is being covered at the end of this
manual as annexed for reference.
60
SECTION 2 – FUNDAMENTALS OF SAFETY MANAGEMENT

INTRODUCTION
Much of the work of managing is persuading others to work. It is assisted by using job
standards, performance evaluation, rules, policies, regulation, coaching and other aids. In
the last analysis however, it is the chain of command that persuades employees to fulfill
their responsibilities. Safety is a renowned management responsibility.
The protection of each character inside the organization becomes the responsibility of the
line of authority. Keeping the line accountable for the implementation of safety need to be
the key to its achievement.
Safety management is performed generally as a body of workers management. The director

or chief of safety has administration authority over the professional personnel reporting
immediately to him, but the powers of line managers are now not to be transmitted through
the safety specialist.
It is a robust assertion to the administration that workers have the proper to work in a safe,
healthful and environmentally right workplace. They cannot do away with this for this is
contained inside the Occupational Safety and Health Standards.
Safety is everybody’s concern. Everyone who works in a company has matters to

continuous for each other’s safety.
HUMAN COSTS
The effect of accident to a worker entails a lot of losses in terms of.
 Disability –Pain and suffering (temporary or permanent)
 Loss of income; loss of earning capacity
 Change in social life
 Death
ECONOMIC COSTS
The economic cost of incidents and illnesses are far greater than most people realize
DIRECT COSTS
 Medical costs
 Insurance premium
 Employees compensation
 Regulatory penalties
61
INDIRECT COSTS:
 Investigation of the incident
 Cleaning up of incident site
 Disruption in production
 Repair/Replacement of damaged materials/equipment
 Training of new/Replacement employees
 Poor employee’s morale leading to low production
 Environmental litigation
 Ecological remediation
 Marketing efforts to project image
THE ICEBERG PRINCIPLE
Three Basic Principles Of Safety Responsibility And Accountability

1. Detection of conditions and practices which the safety disciplines have recognized as
hazardous
2. Application of the most splendid set up countermeasure(s) for controlling each of the
recognized risks
3. The accountability of challenging the safeness of exposures that both are not blanketed
through a safety standard or surely a suspected hazard in the light of experience,
reasonable judgement, and prudent extrapolations from existing hazard information.
62
SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REQUIRES:

PLANNING
Top administration must set up a functioning health and safety administration system to
implement the safety and health policy, which is proportionate to the dangers and risks.
ORGANIZATION
This is consisting of the involvement of employees and their representatives in carrying out
risks’ assessments, deciding on preventive and protective measures and implementing
these necessities in the workplace.
Establishing high quality capability of communication and consultation in which a brilliant
method to protection and health is seen and clear. Securing competence by means of the
provision of ample information, training and make decisions about preventive and protecting
measures.
CONTROL
Clarifying health and safety obligations and ensuring that the things to do of all are properly
coordinated. Ensuring anybody with perception of the obligations and make sure that they
have the limit and the assets to do them effectively.
Set requirements to judge the performance of these with obligations and make certain they
meet them. Ensure sufficient supervision; especially to those who have challenging time
learning and these who are new with the job.
MONITORING
Top administration must measure what they are doing to put in force the health and safety
policy, to assess how effectively they are controlling risks, and how well they are developing
a constructive health and security culture.
REVIEW
It entails reviewing the gadget of the complete health and safety administration including the
factors of planning, organization and control and monitoring to make certain that the
complete arrangement remains effective.
DEFINITION OF TERM:
Safety – is a choice from accident. The control of risks to secure an desirable level of risk.
Incident – an event that may or might also no longer end result to loss.
Accident – unplanned, undesired event, no longer necessarily injurious or damage, these
disrupt the completion of an activity.
Hazard – Is any conceivable or current condition in the place of job that, through itself or by
interacting with different variables, can result in death, injuries, property damage, and other
losses.
Hazard Control – includes growing an application to recognize, evaluates, and dispose of
63
(or at least reduce) the detrimental efforts of hazards arising from human mistakes and from
conditions in the workplace.
Loss Control – Is accident prevention, completed thru a complete safety and health
program.
Risk – Chance of bodily or personal loss.
Things to Remember:
 It is solid explanation to the administration that employees have the right to work
in a secure, wellbeing and ecologically right workplace.
 Safety is everybody’s concern. Everyone who works in a company has things to
contribute for each other’s safety.
 Ensuring everybody with understanding the duties and guarantee that they have
the boundary of the time and the assets to do them effectively.
 Set standards to judge the performance of those with responsibilities and make
sure they meet them.
 Establishing effective means of communication and consultation in which a
positive approach to safety and health is visible and clear.
64
SECTION 3 – BASIC WORK ACCIDENT CAUSATION THEORIES

Accidents happen each day and one way or another will affect for all intents and purposes
everybody. For the record, an accident is in fact anything that happens by chance or
incident. This definition gives two imperative focuses.
First, accidents are unavoidable as an entire; the chance of one happening will for all intents
and purposes continuously be display.
Second, the chance of an accidents happening may be a variable that can be changed.
Whereas it is incomprehensible to anticipate all accidents, it is likely to reduce their rate of

event.
Understanding the cause of a situation such as this is often key to lessening its events, as
frequently knowing the cause is the only way to define successful anticipation strategies.
Heinrich’s Domino Theory

As one could easily guess from the community used name for Heinrich’s theory, Heinrich
(1936) explained accidents using an analog to dominos falling over one another and
creating a chain of events. While this theory is not the most advanced or complex theory, it
is especially noteworthy as one of the first scientific theories used to explain accidents. It is
often still referenced today, seven decades later.
When dominos fall over, each tips the next enough to push it over and continue the process
until all the connected dominos have fallen. However, if just a single domino is removed, the
entire process ceases. Heinrich explains accident causation in the same way:
As you can see from the figure, Heinrich identified five stages of accident causation.
The first stage, the lead social setting and ancestry, encompasses something which will
result in making undesirable trails in individuals. Exactly, this includes the character and
65
nurture aspects of someone’s background. Genetics, poor parenting/socializing, and an
unhealthy social group are all samples of characteristics of nature and nurture that may
negatively influence people and result in succeeding stage of accident. It's value nothing
that Heinrich’s inclusion of biology and ancestry is incredibly a lot of a product of the time it
absolutely was written. A progressive version of this theory would probably use the term
“inherited behavior,” like, however, alcoholism and temperaments are inheritable.
The second stage, issues of an individual, refers to individual characteristics that are
conductive to accidents. For case, having a terrible mood may lead to behavioral changes
and neglect for safety. So also, common carelessness can moreover be one of the signs of
poor character. Unawareness, such as not knowing safety controls or standard working
methods, is additionally a case of this stage.
The third stage, a risky act or condition, is regularly the starting of a particular occurrence.
Not at all like the primary two stages, which influence the likelihood of accidents happening,
this stage is closer to the accidents in terms of how close in time different things occurred.
This will incorporate a particular act that's hazardous, secure as beginning a machine
without appropriate caution, or coming up short to perform suitable preventive activities,
such as utilizing guardrails or other security measures. In substance, this stage involves
acts (or disappointments to act) that sometimes cause accidents.
The next stage, logically, is the accident itself. This, in and of itself, needs little explanation.
It is, simply, when something occurs that is undesirable and not intended.
The final stage, injury, is the disastrous result of a few accidents. Whether a damage
happens amid an accident is regularly a matter of chance and not continuously the result.
This relationship highlights the connections between stages in terms of causality. A
mischance happening isn't a sufficient cause for a damage, but it may be a vital one.
Similarly, the undesirable characteristics in stage two do not always occur in poor
environments, but could not occur without such environments.
Given this fundamental causality, the foremost imperative approach suggestion is to expel
one of the dominos (in spite of the fact that attempt for more than one fair to be secure);
deliver a sound subculture through positive accident avoidance preparing and courses,
endeavor to weed out individuals with undesirable characteristics (or something else
address said characteristics), and, in case all else falls flat, have a method input for dealing
with mischances to play down damage and misfortune.
Safety Management is related to the consciously dealing with risks and is intended to
create a management system, or management systems, including:
1. The control of those “up-stream” decisions, activities and/or situations (the
causes) which (can) lead to undesired events (the accidents, damages, incidents,
losses, etc.)
66
2. The control of the consequences of undesired events, in case preventative control
systems fail
When thinking about control of causes we should consider such things as:
 Design of machinery, installations, workplaces
 Design of procedures and instructions for work
 Modification procedures for control of changes to processes, installations, work-
methods, etc.
 Purchasing/procurement of materials, machinery, equipment
 Purchasing of services from third parties, such as contractors
 Selection and placement of personnel
 Periodic (re-examination of personnel in relation to the hazards to which they are,
or can be, exposed during their work.
 (Periodic) identification of “high risk” or “critical” tasks and, if necessary, the
making of adequate procedures, rules or work practices
 Periodic observation of the way these “critical” tasks are being carried out
 Regular observation of the more “general” safety behavior
 Training of management, staff as well as operators to carry out their specific tasks
in the overall
SAFETY AND LOSS CONTROL PLAN OF ACTION AND ACTIVITIES WITH A

PARTICULAR LONG-TERM AIM
 Periodic review and, if necessary, up-dating of existing procedures
 Conduct regular meetings involving various management levels as well as operating
personnel to discuss and highlight special interest safety and loss control subjects
 Performing periodic inspections to detect and correct undesired conditions and/or
situations
 Proper preparation for identified emergency situations
 Analysis of accidents/incidents, damage, etc. to learn from what went wrong
Safety administration is focus at getting achievement in safety and working with people and
arrangements without issues, without accidents, without losses – in brief: without undesired
occasions.
67
A relatively simple model is given in the figure below and assists to communicate basic
control principles as well as those phases at which control can take place. It is important to
realize that such a model is at best an approach to real live situations and never real live
itself
This “Loss – Causation model” which has been made by Mr. Frank E. Bird, Jr. of the
International Loss Control Institute (ILCI) in the USA was based on an earlier model
developed by Heinrich.
This model can be considered a ‘negative” model since the outcome of failures in the
various phases is loss.
As such the model can be used to understand the various causes leading to accidents and
as a framework for accident/incident investigation.
To better serve the context of success in safety management, however, it may be better to
put the model in a positive mode as follows;
SUCCESS
Coming from
DESIRED EVENTS
Originating from the
RIGHT ACTS AND CONDITIONS
Based on the
RIGHT PERSONAL AND JOB FACTORS
Which evolve from
RIGHT ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
68
The various phases of this positive model are highlighted briefly:
Success here means:

 No (undue) injury to people
 No (undue) damage to equipment
 No (undue) loss or damage to materials
 No (undue) damage to the environment
 No (undue) loss of market
 No (undue) damage to company image or brand-name
 No (undue) loss to image of management
Success, too in safety administration, isn't there for those provide up midway but as it were
for those who hold on in their actions to get the required objective. Enduring success can as
it were be gotten by building up structure within the exercises recognized to control
undesired occasions and not by ad-hoc activities activated by real issues.
DESIRED EVENTS
Success comes from craved occasions, the things we need to happen. Then again, success
comes about from the need of undesired occasions – work without issues and with as it
were those episodes that were surveyed in progress and acknowledged. A great
administration group knows the issues that can (and in some cases will) happen and has
taken suitable measures to avoid as well as to manage with potential results. A well-run
organization encounters as it were moderately little issue that can be acknowledged or
accepted by the organization and its frameworks – the major issues have been recognized
and analyzed in development and legitimate control measures have been taken.
RIGHT ACTS AND CONDITIONS

Craved occasions develop from shaping the proper acts of individuals and the proper work
conditions. Work being done by individuals who know what to do and know the dangers
included. Who know to anticipate potential issues and who know how to act in case
something may go off-base? The proper acts and right work conditions are the outcomes of
effective choice, proper instruction and training, the correct plan, satisfactory acquiring of
equipment’s, appropriate preservation, proper mentoring or inspiration, etc. “Right” and
‘proper” as utilized here, mean: in agreement with guidelines set up to avoid undesirable
occasions.
RIGHT PERSONAL AND JOB FACTORS

Right personal factors:
 Persons who are physically and mentally capable for carrying out the work that
has to be done
 Persons with the right knowledge, experience and skills
69
 Persons working without undue stress
 Persons who are properly self-motivated to do what is necessary to prevent
problems
Right job factors:
 Adequate management and supervisory personnel knowing what they are doing,
making proper decisions and knowing how to obtain the best results with their
people
 Proper design and modification of work areas, installations, processes
 Purchasing/procurement of the right products, equipment, services, etc., without
undue risk parameters
 Adequate maintenance of installations, processes, workplaces, etc.
 Availability of the right (and thus: safe) equipment, etc.
 Proper (and this is also: safe) methods of operation and work
UNSAFE ACTS AND UNSAFE CONDITION

Accidents on construction projects cause as well numerous agonizing injuries and claim
distant as well numerous lives. Our essential concern when we talk about the variables or
causes behind an accident or mishap is to discover a way to avoid a repeat. The cause of
an accident can be found in two ranges – Unsafe/Risky Acts and Unsafe/Risky Conditions.
UNSAFE ACT
The human action that departs from a standard job procedure or safe practice, safety
regulations or instructions. An act by the injured person or another person (or both), which
caused the accident
Accidents occur for many reasons. In most instances, people tend to look for “things” to
blame when an accident happens because it’s easier than looking for “root causes,” such as
those listed below.
• Taking shortcuts:
Each day we make choices we trust will make the work speedier and more proficient. But do
time savers ever hazard your possess safety or that of another employee? Easy routes that
decrease your safety on the work are not easy routes, but an expanded chance for harm.
• Being over confident:

Certainty may be a great thing. Overconfidence is as well much of a great thing. “It’ll never
happen to me” is a demeanor that can lead to disgraceful methods, instruments or
strategies in your work. Any of these can lead to a personal damage.
• Starting a task with incomplete instructions:

To do the work securely and accurately at the primary time, you wish total information. Have
you ever seen a laborer sent to do a work having been given as it were a portion of the job’s
70
informational? Don’t be bashful around inquiring for clarifications with respect to work
methods and safety measures. It isn’t imbecilic to inquire questions, it’s stupid not to!
• Ignoring safety procedures:

Intentionally failing flat to watch safety methods can imperil you and your colleagues. You're
being paid to take after safety policies – not to create your possess rules. Being “casual”
around safety can lead to a casualty!
• Mental distractions from work:

Having a terrible day at domestic and stressing approximately it at work may be a perilous
combination. Dropping your “mental guard” can drag your focus absent from safe work
methods. You'll moreover be distracted when you’re busy working and a companion comes
by to a conversation whereas you're attempting to work. Don’t gotten to be a statistic since
you took your eyes off the machine “just for a minute.”
• Failure to Pre-Plan the Work:

There's a part of conversation nowadays about work risk investigation. JHAs are a
successful way to figure out the most intelligent ways to work securely and successfully.
Being rushed in the beginning an assignment or not thinking through the method can put
you in harm’s way. Instead, arrange your work and after that work your arrangement!
Keep in mind, hazardous acts cause mischances and injuries! You want to do your best to
guarantee simply that you are working securely. In case you create a “safety attitude,”
chances are risky acts will be ended up a thing of the past.
UNSAFE ACTS CASES

 Operating Equipment without Authority
 Disregard of SOP or instructions
 Removing Safety Devices
 Using Defective equipment
 Using improper PPEs
 Using PPEs improperly
 Horseplay
 Working in an unsafe posture
 Absent-mindedness / Nervousness
 Willful intent to injure
 Working while under the influence of alcohol or drugs
 Improper lifting and carrying 
 Lack of knowledge or skills
 Failure to understand instructions
71
UNSAFE CONDITION
The physical or chemical property of a material, machine or the environment that could
result in injury to a person, damage or destruction to property or other forms of losses.
The environment, equipment or procedural situation which caused the accident of the
employee
The second accident factor or cause is Unsafe Conditions that can be found on many
construction sites. Examples include inadequate or improperly installed guardrails or a lack
of any guarding at all which most certainly will lead to an accident. Insufficient illumination,
poor ventilation, electrical grounding requirements not observed, too few fire extinguishers
available, containers that are not labeled, careless disposal of waste or excess material --
these are just a few of many unsafe conditions that may be caused by co-workers,
subcontractors, or the general contractor.
UNSAFE CONDITIONS CASES

 Wet slippery floors
 Unstable stacking of materials
 Protruding re-bars
 Live conductors without insulation
 Equipment without machine guarding
 Poor storage of combustible materials
 Inadequate guards/barriers
 Defective tools/equipment/materials
 Congestion or restricted body movement
 Inadequate warning systems
 Fire/explosion hazards
 Poor housekeeping/disorder
 Noise/radiation exposure
 Extremes of temperature/ventilation
You can make a difference by taking the time to perform your work safely and reporting any
unsafe condition you discover to your supervisor immediately.
CONTROLLING UNSAFE ACTS

Reward:
 Financial bonus
 Promotion
 Extra responsibility
 Incentive schemes
Active Encouragement of Involvement in:
 Decisions on Consultation
 Risk Assessments
72
 Safe Systems of Work
Provision of:
 Training
 Good Working Environment
 Welfare Facilities
Explanation of Ultimate Consequences

Consistent/Controlled Discipline
SYSTEMS TO CONTROL UNSAFE CONDITIONS
Engineering Control:
 Elimination/Substitution/Minimization Isolation/Enclosure of the Hazard
Administrative Control:
 Safe work practices, Signs and signage, Training and education,
Personal Protective Equipment
 Last line of defense
References:
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/Files/Info%20Materials/OSHC%20Info%20Materials/Ac
cident_Causes_and_Preventions.pdf
http://static1.squarespace.com/static/54f747dde4b096adc564aef7/t/56a639c9d82d5e36766
0beb4/1453734345650/1+Unsafe+Acts+Unsafe+Conditions.pdf
https://www.dli.pa.gov/Businesses/Compensation/WC/safety/paths/resources/Documents/S
afety%20Talk%20Topics/Unsafe%20Acts.pdf
73
SECTION 4 – BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE

(HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, RECOGNITION, ASSESSMENT AND CONTROL)
Industrial hygiene has been defined as “that science and art devoted to the anticipation
(identification), recognition, evaluation (assessment), and control of those environmental
factors or stresses arising in or from the workplace, which may cause sickness, impaired
health and well-being, or significant discomfort among workers or among the citizens of the
community.”
In laymen’s term, Work cleanliness has been characterized as “that science and
craftsmanship committed to the expectation (distinguishing proof), acknowledgment,
assessment (evaluation), and control of those natural components or stresses emerging in
or from the work environment, which may cause affliction, disabled wellbeing and well-
being, or noteworthy distress among laborers or among the citizens of the community.”
Industrial hygienists utilize natural checking and explanatory strategies to distinguish the
degree of laborer task exposure, and utilize engineering controls, improve work methods, ,
and other strategies to control potential wellbeing hazards.
Industrial hygienists analyze, recognize, and degree of work environment dangers or

stresses that can cause ailment, disabled wellbeing, or noteworthy distress in laborers
through chemical, physical, ergonomic, or natural exposures.
Most safety experts are profoundly included in a few angles of industrial hygiene. They think
about the work operations, search for potential dangers, and make suggestions to play
down wellbeing dangers.
A. WAYS TO IDENTIFY OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND STRESS HAZARDS (HAZARD

IDENTIFICATION)
One of the fundamental components of the wellbeing and safety administration framework is
hazard identification. It is the establishment for creating secure work strategies, setting up
avoidance programs and making other safety measures to control the dangers.
1. Conducting Walk-Through or Ocular Survey

The reason of a walk-through overview is to recognize and spot potential wellbeing
and safety risks within the work environment. The data accumulated ought to serve
as a strong premise for the quantitative assessment of wellbeing risks and the plan of
their control measures. Usually necessary in distinguishing the potential dangers and
deciding the basic conditions within the work environment by a checklist for
assessment.
74
2. Classify the Raw Materials, by-products and finished products

Raw materials are basic materials or substances utilized within the essential
generation or fabricating of merchandise. Basic materials are commodities that are
bought and sold on commodities trades around the world. Examples of raw materials
incorporate: steel, oil, corn, grain, gasoline, wood, forest resources, plastic, natural
gas, coal, and minerals.
Having thought of about the raw materials used and the nature of the products
manufactured will help you determine the specific contaminants to which workers are
actually exposed. Possible impurities in raw materials such as benzene in some
solvents should be considered. In addition to the principal product, some common
examples of byproducts are: food fines from the cereal processing; molasses in sugar
refining; fruit oils recovered during the peeling of processed fruit; Straw from grain
harvesting; Salt yielded during the desalination of water; Ash from fuel combustion;
Buttermilk in the manufacture of butter.
3. Review of the Process Involved

By definition, formulation or process is an activity that include taking care of, utilizing,
putting away, moving, or fabricating exceedingly dangerous chemicals. The character
of the chemical intermediates shaped within the course of an mechanical preparation
and the toxicological properties of these intermediates may be troublesome to set up.
Undesirable chemical by-products such as carbon monoxide coming about from the
deficient combustion of natural fabric may be shaped. Whereas errands are being
done be mindful of changes, anomalous conditions, or sudden emanations
4. Taking Note to Workers Complaints –. the genuine chemicals or substances taken

care of may be decided by meeting the laborers. More so, their complaints can too be
assembled and evaluated within the clinic record.
5. Information from Safety Data Sheet (SDS) is a summary of important health, safety
and toxicological information on the chemical or the mixture ingredients. It should
contain:
a) Identification
b) Hazard(s) Identification
c) Composition/information on ingredients
d) First-aid Measures
e) Fire-Fighting Measures
f) Accidental Release Measures
g) Handling and Storage
h) Exposure Control/Personal Protection
i) Physical and Chemical Properties
j) Stability and Reactivity
k) Toxicological Information
l) Ecological Information
m) Disposal Considerations
n) Transport Information
75
o) Regulatory Information
p) Other Information
The SDS should conform to the Globally Harmonized System (GHS) which is a
framework or guidance for classifying and labeling hazardous chemicals.
The purpose of classification under the GHS is to provide harmonized information to

users of chemicals with the goal of enhancing protection of human health and the
environment. It is also to facilitate international trading of chemicals.
The GHS is an international standard for classifying chemicals and communicating

its hazards. It is a basis for establishing a comprehensive national chemical safety
program, and a comprehensive approach to defining and classifying hazards and
communicating information on labels and safety data sheets.
The GHS was developed in Agenda 21 of the United Nations Conference on

Environment and Development (UNCED) held in Brazil in 1992.
Chemical manufacturers and suppliers must classify and label their products,
prepare the SDS, and provide information on the products to their customers or
users.
Employers and workplace occupiers must obtain the SDS, label the containers and
inform their employees about the hazards involved and the precautions to take.
ELEMENTS OF GLOBALLY HARMONIZED SYSTEM (GHS)

a) Hazard Classification Criteria has three major hazard groups namely
physical, heath, and environmental hazards. Based on the three
classifications of hazards, the following compose the GHS criteria:
 Physical hazards – explosives, flammable gases/aerosols, oxidizing
gases, corrosive to metal, substances and mixtures which, in contact
with water, emit flammable gases, and others.
 Health hazards – acute toxicity, skin corrosion/ irritation, serious eye
damage/eye irritation, respiratory or skin sensitization, carcinogenicity,
reproductive toxicity, aspiration hazards, and others.
 Environmental hazards – hazardous to aquatic environment,
hazardous to the ozone layer, and others.
b) Hazard communication composed of Safety Data Sheet (SDS) and Labels.
GHS labels must include specific:
 signal words - warning or danger
 hazard statements - flammable liquids, fatal if swallowed
76
 symbols/ pictograms.
Chemicals are classified into
different classes or categories
based on their: •
 Physical properties
 Health effects or
toxicity
 Environmental toxicity
There are 10 graphics used are
associated with a hazard class, and
are meant to provide information on
the hazards associated with a
product at a quick glance. Both the
border and the image inside the
border have a meaning, and together
are called a pictogram.
Note for additional reference:

1. DO 136-14 - GHS in Chemical Safety Program
2. DO no. 136 - 14 Guidelines for the Implementation of GHS
CLASSIFICATION OF HEALTH HAZARDS

The various environmental stresses or hazards, otherwise known as occupational health
hazards can be classified as physical, biological, chemical, or ergonomic.
1. Physical Hazards
Work-related issues relating to physical stresses at work environment were basically
due to introduction to extremes of temperature (warm and cold), warm push from
lacking ventilation, radiation, abnormal air pressure, insufficient lighting, mechanical
vibration, repeated movement and undesirable noise It is imperative that those
capable for safety and wellbeing are on watch to these risks due to the total impacts
on the wellbeing of the employees.
a. Extreme temperature.
Common involvement appears that extraordinary temperatures (warm and cold)
influence the sum of work that a man can perform and the way in which he does.
In industry, the issue is more frequently arrangement to high temperatures
instead of low temperatures.
Heat stress happens when the bodies implies of controlling its inner temperature
begins to fall flat. High air temperature and speed, high humidity, radiation heat
sources, strenuous work physical exercises and work clothing are all variables
which can cause warm push.
The body responds to warm by expanding the blood stream to the skin’s surface
and by sweating. This cools the body as warm is carried to the surface from
77
inside by the expanded blood stream and sweat vanishes. Warm can moreover
be misplaced by radiation and convection from the body’s surface.
Examples of workplaces where man might suffer from heat stress because of the
hot environment created by the process or restricted spaces are: glass and
rubber manufacturing plants; mines; compressed air tunnels; conventional and
nuclear power stations; foundries and smelting operations; brick-firing and
ceramics plants; boiler rooms; bakeries and kitchens; laundries.
Cold stress
Workers working with cooled or frozen foods are also exposed to a cold
surrounding. The huge temperature distinction between the cool room and the
exterior climate is awkward and may be undesirable.
Exposure to cold for brief periods of time can deliver serious impacts, particularly
when uncovered to temperatures underneath 10 degrees Centigrade. The loss of
body warm is awkward and rapidly influences work effectiveness. Long
exposures or extraordinary cold imperil survival due to a drop-in body
temperature
In a cold zone, body heat loss is accelerated by air movement. In fact, the best
protection against cold is to reduce air movement over the skin thus reducing
heat loss through convection and evaporation. This can be done by both clothing
and protection from wind. Source – Safety – Health and Working Conditions - First Edition.
b. Radiation Hazards
Radiation is a type of energy, like heat or light, emitted through space and matter
and which cannot be detected by any of our senses. They travel through empty
space as well as through air and can penetrate some other substances. Radio
waves, microwaves, visible light and X-rays are all examples of electromagnetic
waves.
There are two types of radiation: • non-ionizing radiation, such as visible light,
signals from mobile phones and radio waves • ionizing radiation, such as
radiation emissions from uranium ore and high frequency waves in the
electromagnetic spectrum (e.g. X-rays). There are three main types of ionizing
radiation: alpha (a), beta (b) and gamma (g). Alpha and beta radiations are
particles, while gamma radiation is a wave similar to X-rays. These forms of
radiation differ in their ability to penetrate into the body or other materials and
also in their ability to cause harm to people
Each type of ionizing radiation is capable of disrupting stable atoms and causing
them to have an imbalance of charge (ionization). This can cause chemical
changes in living matter which may cause harm to people’s health, depending on
the radiation dose received.
At low levels radiation causes no immediate perceptible damage to people.

However, any exposure to radiation is considered to be capable of increasing the
78
lifetime risk of cancer and of passing on hereditary illnesses to children.
Individuals exposed to very high doses of radiation may receive burns to the skin,
damage to the gastrointestinal, cardiovascular or nervous systems, and
exceedingly high doses can cause death. Source -
https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_
data/file/467205/Basic_concepts_of_radiation_October_2015.pdf
c. Extreme atmospheric pressure

The air ordinarily comprises of 20.93% oxygen. When a work requires breathing
compressed air, as in jumping or caisson work, oxygen insufficiency (hypoxia) is
once in a while an issue, as the body will be uncovered to an expanding sum of
oxygen as the outright pressure rises.
Work related exposures happen in caisson or tunneling operations, where a
compressed gas environment is utilized to prohibit water or mud and to supply
reinforce for structures. Man can withstand huge pressure due to the free get to
of air to the lungs, sinuses, and center ear. Further reading -
http://www.ilocis.org/documents/chpt36e.htm
d. Inadequate illumination
Arrangement of lighting at work is basically required to the wellbeing and safety
of everybody utilizing the working environment. Satisfactory lighting makes a
difference to see a risk and less demanding to maintain a strategic distance from
and readiness when risk is recognized. The types of risk showing at work hence
decide the lighting prerequisites for secure operation.
Inadequate lighting influences the wellbeing of individuals at work causing side
effects like eyestrain, headache and migraines, but moreover speak to a
significant cost to operation within the frame of: time off work as a result of
mishaps and personal injuries; expanded absence; diminished staff effectiveness
and efficiency.
Source - https://www.hse.gov.uk/pubnS/priced/hsg38.pdf
https://www.ccohs.ca/teach_tools/phys_hazards/lighting.html
e. Mechanical vibration
Mechanical vibration is vibration that happens in a portion of gear or hardware, or
on a transport as a result of its operation. Mechanical vibration can cause serious
back ache and long-term harm to hands and fingers.
There are two types of mechanical vibration to be considered; hand-arm vibration
and whole-body vibration.
Hand-arm vibration is mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the hands
amid a work movement such as utilizing hand-held control devices, for case
needle scalers or angle grinders. Normal and everyday use to hand-arm vibration
can lead to constant wellbeing impacts collectively known as hand-arm vibration
disorder, as well as particular illnesses such as carpal tunnel disorder. This can
be most likely when contact with a vibrating instrument or work handle could be a
standard portion of a seafarer’s work. Periodic presentation is impossible to
cause sick wellbeing.
79
Whole-body vibration is mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the body
through the supporting surface when seated or standing during a work activity,
for example, riding in a rescue boat in choppy seas. One of the primary health
effects of whole-body vibration can be back pain.
Source - https://www.ilo.org › dyn › normlex; - www.hse.gov.uk/vibration
f. Noise
Noise means unwanted sound or or unpleasant sounds.
The impact of sound on hearing can be transitory or lasting. Brief deafness is
regularly experienced after taking off a loud place. In spite of the fact that
hearing recuperates inside many hours, this should not be overlooked because it
may be a sign that proceeded or customary introduction to such sound may
cause lasting harm
Hearing loss is more often not continuous due to delayed exposure to noise. it
may be harm caused by noise over a long time combines with typical hearing
loss due to maturing of an individual realize how hard of hearing loss they have
gotten to be. Hearing harm can moreover be caused instantly by sudden, greatly
uproarious noise, in spite of the fact that usually not common.
Exposure to noise may also cause tinnitus, which is a sensation of noises (such
as ringing or buzzing) in the ears. This can occur in combination with hearing
loss.
Noise can also cause or contribute towards other work-related stress, causing a
loss of concentration, fatigue, and tension, and increasing the risks of ill-health
associated with stress.
It’s not only workers in heavy industry that are at risk. Those working in the
service sector, call centers, open plan offices, and in education are thought to
have suffered impaired hearing from their work.
Factors that contribute to hearing damage include: the level of noise (intensity -
measured in decibel units dB(A)); how long people are exposed to the noise
(duration - both short and long-term); and whether the noise is stable, fluctuating,
or intermittent (impulsive noises are particularly harmful).
Source
https://www.hsa.ie/eng/Topics/Physical_Agents/Noise/
https://www.unison.org.uk/content/uploads/2013/06/Briefings-and-CircularsNoise-at-
Work-Health-and-Safety-Information-Sheet3.pdf
2. Biological Hazards
Biological hazards, also known as biohazards, refer to biological substances that
pose a threat to the health of living organisms, primarily that of humans. This can
include medical waste or samples of a microorganism, virus or toxin that can affect
human health.
Sources of biological hazards may include bacteria, viruses, insects, plants, birds,
animals, and humans. These sources can cause a variety of health effects ranging
80
from skin irritation and allergies to infections (e.g., tuberculosis, AIDS), cancer and
so on.
3. Chemical Hazards
A chemical is any substance consisting of matter. This includes any liquid, solid, or
gas. A chemical is any pure substance (an element) or any mixture (a solution,
compound, or gas).
Harmful chemical compounds in the form of solids, liquids, gases, mists, dusts,
fumes, and vapors exert toxic effects by inhalation (breathing), absorption (through
direct contact with the skin), or ingestion (eating or drinking).
Airborne chemical hazards exist as concentrations of mists, vapors, gases, fumes,

or solids. Some are toxic through inhalation and some of them irritate the skin on
contact; some can be toxic by absorption through the skin or through ingestion, and
some are corrosive to living tissue. The most common particulate contaminants
include dusts, fumes, mists, aerosols, and fibers;
Dusts are solid particles generated by handling, crushing, grinding, colliding,

exploding, and heating organic or inorganic materials such as rock, ore, metal,
coal, wood, and grain
Fumes are formed when material from a volatilized solid condenses in cool air. In
most cases, the solid particles resulting from the condensation react with air to form
an oxide.
The term mist is applied to liquid suspended in the atmosphere. Mists are
generated by liquids condensing from a vapor back to a liquid or by a liquid being
dispersed by splashing or atomizing. Aerosols are also a form of a mist
characterized by highly respirable, minute liquid particles.
Fibers are solid particles whose length is several times greater than their diameter,
such as asbestos.
Gases are formless fluids that expand to occupy the space or enclosure in which
they are confined. They are atomic, diatomic, or molecular in nature as opposed to
droplets or particles which are made up of millions of atoms or molecules. Through
evaporation, liquids change into vapors and mix with the surrounding atmosphere.
Vapors are the volatile form of substances that are normally in a solid or liquid
state
at room temperature and pressure. Vapors are gases in that true vapors are
atomic or molecular in nature.
Source - https://www.osha.gov › Publications › OSHA3143 › OSHA3143
81
4. Ergonomic Hazards
Ergonomics (or human factors) is the scientific discipline concerned with the
understanding of interactions among humans and other elements of a system, and
the profession that applies theory, principles, data and methods to design in order
to optimize human well-being and overall system performance.
The goal of ergonomics is to reduce person exposure to occupational work-

related hazards. A hazard is defined as a physical factor within the work
environment that can harm a person’s body. Ergonomic hazards include working
in awkward or uncomfortable postures and using excessive force or high repetition
to complete a task.
For ergonomic hazards in the workplace, look at the workstations and desks; all
tools, equipment, and machinery workers use to do their task; and the physical
processes workers perform.
The severity of ergonomic hazards often depends on the level of exposure over
time. Injuries sustained from these hazards can be anything from sore muscles to
long-term illnesses. ergonomic hazards include:
 Improperly adjusted workstations and chairs
 Frequent lifting
 Poor posture
 Awkward movements, especially if they are repetitive
 Using too much force, especially if it’s done frequently
 Vibration
 Repeated Motion
 On the chance that a job or movements are repeated habitually
(e.g. each few seconds) and for continued periods such as an
eight-hour move, weakness and muscle strain have a chance to
experience. Impacts of monotonous movements from performing
the same work exercises are increased when unbalanced
postures and powerful efforts are included.
 In industrial jobs, the time to complete one unit of assembly or to
inspect one item is defined as a cycle. This activity is considered
repetitive if the cycle time is two minutes or less and is repeated
throughout a shift. Highly repetitive tasks have cycle times of 30
seconds or less. (Eastman Kodak 1986).
Typical examples of repetitive work include:

 Assembling, packing, wrapping, inspecting.
 Data entry, bookkeeping.
 Sewing, textile, transacting funds (cashiers, bank tellers)
82
 Welding, cutting, chopping.
 Electrical and electronic equipment assembling.
 Cleaning, janitorial.
Any of the above conditions can cause ergonomic hazards such as eye strain,
excessive vibration, repetitive motion, and heavy lifting problems. Improperly
designed tools or work areas also can be ergonomic hazards. Repetitive motions or
repeated shocks over prolonged periods of time as in jobs involving sorting,
assembling, and data entry can often cause irritation and inflammation of the tendon
sheath of the hands and arms, a condition known as carpal tunnel syndrome.
Ergonomic hazards are avoided primarily by the effective design of a job or jobsite
and by better designed tools or equipment that meet workers' needs in terms of
physical environment and job tasks. By in-depth worksite analyses, employers can
set up procedures to correct or control ergonomic hazards by using the appropriate
engineering controls (e.g., designing or redesigning work stations, lighting, tools,
and equipment); instruction of correct work practices (e.g., proper lifting methods);
employing proper administrative controls (e.g., shifting workers among several
different tasks and increasing rest breaks); and, if necessary, providing and
directing to use personal protective equipment.
Evaluating working conditions from an ergonomics standpoint involves looking at

the total physiological and psychological demands of the job on the worker.
Overall, the benefits of a well-designed ergonomic work environment can include

increased efficiency, fewer accidents, lower operating costs, and more effective use
of personnel.
Source
http://www.hse.gov.uk/pubns/indg90.pdf;
https://www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3143/OSHA3143.htm
https://www.hsa.ie/eng/Publications_and_Forms/Publications/Occupational_Health/Ergonomics.pdf
https://www.iea.cc/whats/
B. EVALUATION OF OCCUPATIONAL STRESSES AND HAZARDS
1. Defining the degree or level of hazards using industrial hygiene equipment

through Work Environment Measurement (WEM)
Once the work-related hazard has been recognized and identified, it is essential to
degree the levels of the dangers and the extent of workers’ exposure. This is done
through the WEM which employs direct measurement of hazards. WEM is
conducted for the following purposes:
 Determine the level of harmful airborne contaminants such as but not
limited to dust, mist, fumes, solvents and gases
 Measure the level of physical hazards generated from various operations
and facilities such as noise, heat, vibrations and radiation
 Assess the illumination levels in different work areas
83
 Evaluate the performance of the general and local exhaust ventilation
installed
 Predict harmfulness of new facilities, raw materials, production processes
and working methods.
 monitor worker’s exposure to harmful substances.
 evaluate the effectiveness of environmental control measures adopted to
improve the workplace.
 maintain favorable environment conditions.
There are many types of Environmental Monitoring such as:

 Personal Monitoring – the measurement of a particular employee’s
exposure to airborne contaminants. The measuring device is placed as
close as possible to the contaminant’s entry port to the body. For example,
when monitoring an air contaminant that is toxic, the measuring device is
placed close to the breathing zone of the worker. The data collected
closely approximates the concentration of contaminants to which the
worker is regularly exposed during work hours.
 Area/Environmental Sampling – the measurement of a contaminant

concentration in the workroom. The measuring device is placed adjacent
to the worker’s normal workstation or at fixed locations in the work
area. This kind of monitoring does not provide a good estimate of worker’s
exposure but helps to pinpoint work areas with high or low exposure levels
of contaminants.
Instruments used to measure the different hazards;
Lux Meter illumination
Psychrometer humidity
Anemometer air movement
Smoke Tester air direction
Globe Thermometer heat
Sound Level Meter noise
 Biological monitoring was defined in a 1980 seminar, jointly sponsored

by the European Economic Community (EEC), National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and Occupational Safety and
Health Association (OSHA) (Berlin, Yodaiken and Henman 1984) in
Luxembourg as “the measurement and assessment of agents or their
metabolites either in tissues, secreta, excreta, expired air or any
combination of these to evaluate exposure and health risk compared
to an appropriate reference”. Monitoring is a repetitive, regular and
preventive activity designed to lead, if necessary, to corrective actions; it
should not be confused with diagnostic procedures.
WEM is an obligatory requirement for all operations. Rule 1070 – Occupational
Health and Environmental Control of the OSHS, prescribed that “The working
environment measurement shall be performed periodically as may be necessary
but not longer than annually”.
84
Note to see: DO 160 16 - Guidelines on the Accreditation provide Work
Environment Measurement WEM Services
2. Analysis of Results
The collected samples from the WEM are analyzed in the laboratory.
Some of the analytical instruments used are as follows:
Analytical Equipment Sample
Gas Chromatograph Solvents
High Performance Liquid Chromatograph Inorganic chemicals
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer Metals
Phase Contrast Microscope (PCM)
Heat
Fourier Transform Infra-red Spectroscopy (FTIR)
X-ray Diffractometer Mineral dust
UV-Vis Spectrophotometer Acids and Other Chemicals
3. Comparison of Measurements results with Standards

Laboratory analysis results are compared with the Threshold Limit Values (TLVs).
These are exposure guidelines that have been established for airborne concentration of
many chemical compounds. Concentrations of hazards that exceed the TLVs can cause
adverse effects to humans. There are three categories of TLVs:
3.1. Time-Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) is the time-weighted average
concentration for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour workweek to which
nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse
health effects.
Computation for Time Weighted Average:
C1T1 + C2T2 + …... + CnTn
TWA Concentration = --------------------------------------
T1 + T2 + …... + Tn
Where C1…...Cn = different mass concentration obtained at different
sampling time
T1…...Tn = sampling time
Where C1…...Cn = different mass concentration obtained at different
sampling time
T1…...Tn = sampling time
H2S Concentration (ppm) Sampling Time
5 2 hours
15 4 hours
2 1 hour
5 1 hour
85
TWA Concentration = {(5ppm) (2 hrs.) + (15ppm) (4hrs) + (2ppm) (1 hr.) +
(5ppm) (1 hr.)} ÷ {2hrs + 4hrs + 1hr + 1hr

TWA Concentration of H2S = 9.625 ppm
TLV for H2S is 10 ppm. So, the exposure is below TLV
3.2. Short-Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is the maximum concentration to which

workers can be exposed continuously for 15 minutes without suffering from
any of the following:
a. Irritation
b. Chronic or irreversible tissue damage
c. Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental
d. injury, impair self-rescue or materially reduce work efficiency.
3.3. Ceiling (TLV-C) is the concentration that should not be exceeded during any
part of the working exposure; otherwise, the exposed workers might be
vulnerable to serious risks.
Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) Tables

Permissible Noise Exposure
Duration per day, hours Sound Level, dB(A)
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1½ 102
1 105
½ 110
¼ 115
* ceiling value: No exposure in excess of 115 dB(A) is allowed
86
Threshold Limit Values for Selected Chemicals
Ambient
Chemicals TLV Category Concentration
(mg/m³) (ppm)
Hydrochloric TLV – C 7.0 5.0
Acid
Methanol TLV – TWA 260 200
Lead TLV – TWA 0.15 0.0177
Xylene TLV – STEL 435 100
Toluene TLV – TWA 375 100
Illumination Levels
Minimum Lighting Level
Area of Exposure
and Task (Lux)
Cutting Cloth
Sewing Cloth
Finish Inspection 2000 and above
Fine Assembly (200-foot candles)
Color Grading
Fine Machining
Inspection and Assembly
Clay Enameling and Glazing
Electric Motor Insulating
Coil winding and Testing
Chipping Grinding Fine
Core Making Machine 1000
Shop Bench Work (100-foot candles)
Transcribing Handwriting
Indexing References
Accounting
Pattern Making
Drafting
Welding
Automotive Frame Assembly
Chemical Laboratory
Foundry Molding
Metal Pouring
Sorting
500
Core Making
(50 foot candles)
Rubber Extrusion and Tire making Punch
Press
Shearing
Stamping
Spinning
Woodworking
87
Illumination Levels
Minimum Lighting
Area of Exposure
Level and Task (Lux)
Sizing
Planning
500
Rough Sanding
(50-foot candles)
Medium Quality Machine and Benchwork
First Aid Station
Packaging
Barrel Washing
Turbine
Clay Molding and Pressing
Chemical Furnace
Tank
Dryer
Evaporator 300
Extractor (30-foot candles)
Cleaning and annealing furnace
Plating
Drop-forge shop
Lunch room
Locker room
Rest room
Shower room
General construction plants and shops
e.g. batching plants, screening plants,
mechanical and electrical equipment
100
rooms, carpenter shops, rigging lofts and
(10-foot candles)
active storerooms, barracks or living
quarters, tunnel and shaft heading during
drilling, mucking, and scalding
Tunnels, shaft and general underground
work areas,
General construction areas:
Concrete placement, access ways, 50
Active storage areas, loading platforms, (5-foot candles)
Refueling, and field maintenance areas.
Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways,
and exit ways.
For further references about TLVs for other environmental hazards and stresses visit
the websites of the Philippine Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHS),
ACGIH, OSHA, and NIOSH.
Notes:
 The impact of hazard exposure depends on the following:
 Nature of the material or energy involved
88
 Intensity of exposure
 Duration of exposure
 Individual susceptibility
 The key elements to be considered when evaluating a health hazard are:
 how much of the material in contact with the body cells is required to
produce an injury
 the probability of the material being absorbed by the body to result an
injury
 rate that airborne contaminants is generated
 total time in contact
 control measures in use
 The TLV conversion equations for parts per million (ppm) to milligram per
cubic meter (mg/m3 ) at standard temperature and pressure are:
TLV in ppm = (TLV in mg/m3) (24.45)

gram molecular weight of substance
TLV in mg/m3 = (TLV in ppm) (gram molecular weight of substance)

24.45
89
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS (OSHS) RULE 1070

Rule 1070 is OSH standard for occupational health and environmental control comprises
of seven (7) rules as guidance and administration.
Rule 1071 – General Provisions
“This rule establishes TLVs for toxic and carcinogenic substances and physical agents
which may be present in the atmosphere of the work environment. TLVs refer to airborne
concentration of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that
nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed daily without adverse effect.”
Rule 1072 – TLVs for Airborne Contaminants and Rule 1073 (Tables)
These refer to TLVs of airborne contaminants for “time weighted concentration for an 8-
hour workday and a total of forty-eight 48 hours of work exposure per week.” TLVs tables
for airborne contaminants, mineral dusts, and human carcinogens are also established
Rule 1074 – Physical Agents
This refers to TLVs for physical agents particularly noise or “sound pressure that
represents conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly
exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech.
Rule 1075 – Illumination
“All places where persons work or pass or may have to work or pass in emergencies,
shall be provided during time of use with the adequate natural lighting or artificial lighting
or both, suitable for the operation and the special type of work performed.”
Rule 1076 – General Ventilation
This is about General Ventilation that encompasses the workroom condition for air
supply, temperature, humidity, and odor. It states that:
“Suitable atmospheric conditions shall be maintained in workrooms by natural or artificial
means to avoid insufficient air supply, stagnant or vitiated air, harmful drafts, excessive
heat or cold, sudden variations in temperature, and where practicable, excessive humidity
or dryness and objectionable odors.”
Rule 1077 – Work Environment Measurement
“WEM shall mean sampling and analysis carried out in respect of the atmospheric
working environment and other fundamental elements of working environment for the
purpose of determining actual condition therein.”
It also includes the responsibility of the employer that WEM “shall be performed
periodically as may be necessary but no longer than annually.”
WEM provider to perform measurement of atmospheric working environment and other
fundamentals services and elements for the purpose of determining actual conditions at
the workplace must be accredited in compliance with the requirements as stipulated in
the Department Order no. 160 Series of 2016 – “Guidelines on the Accreditation of
Consulting Organizations to provide Work Environment Measurement (WEM) Services”
C. Corrective Measures and Control of Hazards

Industrial hygiene is also concerned with the development of corrective measures to
control hazards by reducing or eliminating the exposure. These control procedures may
include:
1. Engineering control - Eliminate or reduce the hazard through:
90
 Initial design specification
 Substitution
 Change the process
 Isolation (Place)
 Ventilation
2. Administrative control. Control of employee’s exposure

 Increased breaks
 Sops
 Isolation (time) / Job rotation
 Training
 Workplace monitoring
 Scheduled reduced work hours in contaminated areas
3. PPE. Use protective barrier to protect the worker from the hazard
OTHER GENERAL EXAMPLES OF CONTROL METHODS OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE

1. Substitution of non-toxic or less-toxic for one which is harmful to health (lead in
paint pigment with zinc, barium or titanium oxide)
2. Change in the process to improve working condition (spray paint to dipping or
brushing)
3. Isolation or enclosure of a process or work operation to reduce the number of
employees exposed
4. Wet methods to reduce generation of dust
5. Local exhaustion ventilation at the point of generation or dispersion of contaminants
6. Dilution ventilation to provide safe, healthful atmosphere
7. Personal protective equipment (devices) such as special clothing, eye or
respiratory protection
8. Good housekeeping, including cleanliness of workplace, workplace, waste
disposal, adequate washing, toilet and eating facilities
9. Administrative exposure controls, including adjusting work schedules or rotating job
assignment so no employee receives an overexposure
10. Special control methods for specific hazards, such as shielding, monitoring devices
and continuous sampling with preset alarms
11. Medical controls to detect evidence of adsorption of toxic chemicals
12. Training and education to supplement engineering controls.
Environmental Monitoring - describes the processes and activities that need to take place
to characterize and monitor the quality of the environment.
91
Environmental monitoring is used in the preparation of environmental impact assessments,
as well as in many circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on
the natural environment.
All monitoring strategies and programmed have reasons and justifications which are often
designed to establish the current status of an environment or to establish trends in
environmental parameters.
In all cases the results of monitoring will be reviewed, analyzed statistically and published.
The design of a monitoring programmed must therefore have regard to the final use of the
data before monitoring starts.
THE THREE BASIC COMPONENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ARE:

1. Identify – involves knowledge and understanding of the several types of workplace
environmental stresses and the effect of these upon the health of the worker
2. Evaluate – The decision-making process resulting in an opinion as to the degree of
health hazard that exists from chemical of physical agents from industrial exposure
3. Correct – Engineering, Administrative Control and PPE.
Environmental Control Measures

There are three general environmental control measures that are useful in the
workplace: engineering controls, administrative controls and personal protective
equipment.
Hierarchy of environmental controls:
Engineering Controls - eliminate the hazard by considering safety and health

provisions, substitution, modification of process/equipment, isolation, wet
methods and industrial ventilation.
Engineering methods of control are the most effective in preventing or reducing
work environment factors or stresses. Among these methods are:
 Proper design and planning – Initial consideration regarding safety and
health aspects must be made in the planning and construction stage. We
should bear in mind that once the control measures are in place, it is already
very hard to alter or modify the design, especially when we realize that the
control measure being adopted is ineffective. Besides it is more expensive
and will cost the company a lot to do so. The correct identification of the
problem and careful evaluation should be ensured and we have to make sure
that the intervention or control measure to be employed is the most cost
effective.
92
 Substitution/replacement of materials used. One of the control methods is
through substitution of non-toxic chemicals for the highly toxic ones. A
number of years ago, paints contain toxic chemicals such as benzene,
toluene di isocyanate (TDI) and other toxic organic solvents which are known
to cause adverse health effects. Due to the advancement in material and
chemical sciences, paints nowadays are being reformulated and its toxic
components are eliminated and replaced by safer non-toxic substitutes (from
solvent based to water-based paints). However, an industrial hygienist must
exercise extreme caution when substituting one chemical for another, to
ensure that some previously unforeseen hazards do not occur along with the
substitution.
 Modification in the process/equipment. A change in the process offers an
ideal chance to concomitantly improve working conditions. Most changes are
made to improve quality or reduce cost of production. However, in some
cases, a process is modified to reduce the hazard. For instance, in modifying
a process, automation can be used to lessen worker’s exposure to the
contaminant. In modifying equipment, the use of lids can prevent dispersion
of dust during mixing.
 Isolation. Hazardous operations should be isolated to minimize exposure of
workers. The isolation can be a physical barrier, such as acoustic panels, to
minimize noise transmission from a genset, whining blower or ripsaw. The
worker may also be isolated or enclosed in a soundproof control booth with a
clean source of air supplied to the booth. Isolation can also be in terms of
time or distance.
 Wet methods. Airborne dust hazards can be minimized or greatly reduced
by applying water or other suitable liquids. Dampening powder materials or
suppressing dust generation through misting or spraying of water will
definitely control dust dispersion. Dampening or drenching powder materials
to prevent it from getting airborne is one of the simplest methods for dust
control. Its effectiveness, however, depends upon proper wetting of the
particulates. Its application also depends on the nature of process and
product. Some powder conveying systems provide auxiliary water piping
systems with sprinklers or water sprays at the unloading side since formation
of dust clouds occur when powder materials drop.
 Industrial ventilation. A very important aspect of engineering control has to
do with ventilation. Industrial ventilation is the process of supplying fresh air
and/or removing contaminant laden air by natural or mechanical means to
and from any space.
Purpose:
1. To provide workers with a comfortable working condition.
2. To renew the air in the workplace, therefore diluting eventual air contaminants to
acceptable levels.
3. To prevent hazardous air contaminants from reaching the workers breathing zone.
93
Types of Industrial Ventilation

 General Ventilation – is classified into mechanical ventilation which utilizes fans and
blowers and natural ventilation which uses natural airflow (wind) caused by difference
in temperature, room air pressure through open doors or windows, roof ventilators,
and chimneys, etc.
Natural Ventilation – utilizing roof ridge opening
General Exhaust Ventilation – utilizing supply and exhaust fans

(Mechanical Ventilation)
94
General ventilation is used when:
 Only small quantities of air contaminants are released into the workroom at fairly
uniform rates.
 There is sufficient distance between the worker and the contaminant source to allow
sufficient air movement to dilute the contaminant to safe levels.
 There is no air cleaning device to collect or filter the contaminants before the exhaust
air is discharged into the community environment (no dust collector used).
 There is no corrosion or other damage to equipment in the workroom as a result of
contaminated room air (no. scrubber used).
 General Exhaust Ventilation - a system normally used to remove hot air and other
airborne contaminants in a general work area. Exhaust fans mounted on roof and
walls and other openings also constitute general exhaust ventilation.
 Dilution Ventilation - using fresh air supply, a fraction of air is introduced into the
workroom such that airborne contaminants or heat are diluted to levels not harmful to
health.
The major disadvantage of general or dilution ventilation is that worker exposures can be
very difficult to control near the source of contaminant. This is why local exhaust ventilation
is most often the best method to control exposure to toxic contaminants.
When air is removed from a work area through exhaust, make up or replacement air must
be provided. Air make- up volumes should be matched or equal to the air being removed
such that room pressure is maintained on a safe level.
 Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) - Local exhaust ventilation system incorporating

hoods, ductworks, air cleaning device, fans and blowers and exhaust ducts is
commonly used in industrial ventilation.
The purpose of LEV is to remove air contaminants generated or dispersed from the work
process before they can reach the breathing zone of the workers in harmful concentration.
Particularly in combination with adequate enclosures, it is the most efficient engineering
control measure for airborne chemical agents and particulates in the working environment.
LEV is used when:

 Contaminants are moderately or highly toxic or hazardous
 Only one or few emission sources are present
 There is a risk of direct exposure of workers
95
A major advantage of local exhaust ventilation is that the system requires less exhaust
airflow than general exhaust ventilation system. The total airflow is necessary for plants that
are cooled since air-conditioning costs are important operating expense.
Principles of LEV
 Enclose the contaminant
 Capture contaminant with adequate air velocities
 Keep contaminant out of the worker’ breathing zone
 Discharge exhausted air outdoors
Basic Elements of LEV

 Hoods
 Duct work
 Fan and motor
 Air cleaning device
 Exhaust stack
The design of local exhaust ventilation systems should be carefully considered. The type of
exhaust hoods must be properly selected and located such that air contaminants can be
easily captured; duct works and the fan motor must be calculated to draw the correct
volumetric flow rates of air. Hood selection is based on the characteristics of the
contaminants and how they are dispersed.
Classifications/Types of hood
 Enclosure-type
 Exterior type
 Receiving type
SOURCES OF INFORMATION
1. Walk-Through Survey – is done to pinpoint the location of the existing health hazard
so that proper corrective actions can be taken and to identify potential health hazards
under normal and abnormal conditions.
2. Chemical Inventory
 Based on DOLE Department Order no. 136-14, Safety Data Sheet (SDS) or
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is a document that must accompany all
chemicals and is supplied by the distributor which provides important physical
characteristics, ecological, health, safety, and toxicological information on
chemical substances or mixture ingredients used at workplace, transported,
and utilized by end-user. The Safety Data Sheet (SDS) must be available and
96
ensure to communicate to workers. The following 16 sections contain in Safety
Data Sheet (SDS) were as follows;
 Section 1 - Identification: Product identifier, manufacturer or
distributor name, address, phone number, emergency phone number,
recommended use, and restrictions on use.
 Section 2 - Hazard(s) identification: All hazards regarding the
chemical and required label elements.
 Section 3 - Composition/Information on ingredients: Information on
chemical ingredients and trade secret claims.
 Section 4 - First-aid measures: Required first aid treatment for
exposure to a chemical and the symptoms (immediate or delayed) of
exposure.
 Section 5 - Fire-fighting measures: The techniques and equipment
recommended for extinguishing a fire involving the chemical and
hazards that may be created during combustion.
 Section 6 - Accidental release measures: Steps to take in the event
of a spill or release involving the chemical. Includes: emergency
procedures, protective equipment and proper methods of containment
and cleanup.
 Section 7 - Handling and storage: Precautions for safe handling and
storage, including incompatibilities.
 Section 8 - Exposure controls/Personal protection: OSHA’s
permissible exposure limits (PELs), threshold limit values (TLVs),
appropriate engineering controls, and personal protective equipment
(PPE).
 Section 9 - Physical and chemical properties: The chemical’s
characteristics.
 Section 10 - Stability and reactivity: Chemical stability and possible
hazardous reactions.
 Section 11 - Toxicological information: Routes of exposure
(inhalation, ingestion, or absorption contact), symptoms, acute and
chronic effects, and numerical measures of toxicity.
 Section 12 - Ecological information: How the chemical might affect
the environment and the duration of the effect.
 Section 13 - Disposal considerations—describes safe handling of
wastes and methods of disposal, including the disposal of any
contaminated packaging.
 Section 14 - Transportation information—includes packing, marking,
and labeling requirements for hazardous chemical shipments.
 Section 15 - Regulatory information—indicates regulations that apply
to chemical.
 Section 16 - Other information—includes date of preparation or last
revision.
EXAMPLES OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH INSTRUMENTALS/EQUIPMENT
 Physical Agents
97
 Noise/Sound – sound level meters, Waveband analysis, audiometer
 Light – Photometer, Illumination meter
 Heat stress – Photometer, Illumination meter
 Radiation – radiation survey meter
 Chemical Agents
 Gas/dust - indicator tubes, stationary and personal samplers
 Biological Agents – microscope, microbial samplers
 Other equipment – atomic absorption spectrophotometer, Gas chromatograph
THINGS TO REMEMBER:
 Industrial Hygiene (IH) – is the science and art devoted to recognition, evaluation and
control of environmental factors and stresses arising in or from the workplace, which may
cause sickness, impaired health and well-being, or significant discomfort among workers
or among citizens of the community.
 Steps to control the Hazard are identity, evaluate, and correct.
 Inspection is done before an accident or an incident occurs. Investigation is after an
incident or an accident.
 Environmental monitoring is used in the preparation of environmental impact
assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of
harmful effects on the natural environment.
 Work environment monitoring is carried out to evaluate occupational hazards resulting
from exposure to the following agents: Physical agents, Chemical agents, and Biological
agents.
 It is important to recognize environmental hazards or stresses in the workplace. The
magnitude or level of hazards can be accurately determined by using industrial hygiene
equipment Prevention is better than cure so it is necessary to assess and evaluate these
hazards.
Reference:
https://www.oshatrain.org/courses/studyguides/750studyguide.pdf
https://smartebook.us/Fundamentals-of-Industrial-Hygiene-6th-Edition-
(Fundamentals-of-Industrial-Hygene)-0879123125.html
https://www.osha.gov/dte/library/industrial_hygiene/industrial_hygiene.pdf
http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/images/OSHTrainingAnnouncement/BOSH-
Manual_Narrative-Handout.pdf
https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/heatstress/default.html
https://www.ilocis.org/documents/chpr27.e.htm
98
SECTION 5 – OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH (OH)
A sound workforce is imperative for feasible social and financial improvement on a
worldwide, national and local level.
The classic approach to guarantee the wellbeing and safety within the work environment
has depended primarily on the sanctioning of enactment and assessment of working
environment to guarantee compliance with the wellbeing and safety guidelines. Whereas
this approach has been viable in controlling numerous particular work-related since
Industrial Revolution, it has not been exceptionally compelling within the past a few
decades, especially in developing countries nations, for a few reasons.
First, the advancement of private venture, coming about in a multiplication of little and
medium-sized working environments, has implied that in numerous occasions production
happens within the workers’ claim homes where there can be genuine wellbeing dangers,
including harmful dust, chemicals, noise and heat. Review of such working environments is
largely impossible in view of the large numbers and wide distribution.
Second, with the presentation of unused agrarian procedures, agribusiness has ended up
an industry for which frameworks based on review are lacking. There is a need to create
other frameworks to secure the wellbeing of agricultural laborers.
Third, work related wellbeing issues have continuously expanded in form and size and have
driven to or aggravated infections coming about from exposure to several risk factors, as it
were one of which being the work environment. Cases incorporate chronic obstructive
pulmonary disease which is basically caused by smoking but may be irritates by aggravates
by irritant gases or dusts within the working environment. Low-back torment disorder has a
few chance variables counting rheumatic disorders, scoliosis and improper pose at work.
Since 1950, the ILO and the WHO have had a common definition of occupational health.
This definition was adopted by the Joint ILO/WHO Committee on Occupational Health at its
First Session (1950) and revised at its 12th Session (Geneva, November 1995):
Occupational health should aim at:

 the promotion and maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social
well-being of workers in all occupations;
 the prevention amongst workers of departures from health caused by their working
conditions;
 the protection of workers in their employment from risks resulting from factors
adverse to health;
 the placing and maintenance of workers in an occupational environment adapted to
their physiological and psychological capabilities; and, to summarize,
the adaptation of work to the workers and of each worker to his or her job.
99
THE MAIN FOCUS IN OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IS ON THREE DIFFERENT

OBJECTIVES:
(i) the maintenance and promotion of workers' health and working capacity;
(ii) the improvement of working environment and work to become conducive to safety
and health; and
(iii) development of work organizations and working cultures in a direction which
supports health and safety at work and, in doing so, also promotes a positive
social climate and smooth operation, and may enhance the productivity of the
enterprises. The concept of working culture is intended in this context to mean a
reflection of the essential value systems adopted by the enterprise concerned.
Such a culture is reflected in practice in the managerial systems, personnel policy,
principles for participation, training policies and quality management of the
enterprise.
In general, Occupational Health is the promotion and maintenance of t]000000000he

highest degree of physical, mental and social well-being of workers in all occupations by
preventing departures from health, controlling risks and the adaptation of work to people,
and people to their jobs. (ILO / WHO 1950)
KEY CONCEPTS OF WORK-RELATED WELL-BEING (OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH)

You ought to realize that a feeling of a worker to endure from a work-related ailment/Illness
depends on the characteristics of introduction to a danger and on individual weaknesses.
Not all laborers revealed to dangers get weakened. For instance, a few laborers ended up
hard of hearing because of exposure to noise only after continued and regular exposure to
high levels of noise over a long time.
Keep in mind that working environment hazards can possibly cause harm to a person. Be
that as it may, the hazard or the probability that this damaging impact would take put
depends on the conditions of contact. These variables incorporate escalated and length of
introduction to the risks, timing of exposure and variety of contact.
1. Exposure duration or the length of time of being vulnerable to work hazards.

Continuous exposure to sums which have low levels within the working environment
over a lengthy period of time raises the hazard of illness after an inactivity period (the
breaks between contact to a hazard(s) and the clinical appearance of illness);
2. Magnitude, level or dose of exposure. As the concentration or sum of a risk is
expanded the likely it can do more harm.
3. Timing of exposure. This is often related to contact interval. A worker who is
uncovered to a risk persistently or for a few periods in a day is more at hazard than
those with less timing of contact
4. Multiplicity of exposure. Exposures to blends of dangers or a few chemicals at the
same time can cause synergistic or total impacts.
100
In spite of having comparable exposure to working environment risk, workers may be
influenced in an unexpected way due to non-occupational variables. In smokers, for
occasion, clearance of dusts that have entered the lungs is restrained, in this manner
expanding the chance of surrendering to the ill-effects of the danger.
The non-occupational variables that must be considered incorporate age, sex, hereditary
components, past therapeutic history and way of life of the worker.
Age is a significant aspect since elderly and young workers have poor metabolic processes,
which permit to buildup of harmful substances. In a typical grown-up, these substances can
be naturally neutralized.
Sex could be an exceptionally critical thought, as well. A dangerous substance may be

poisonous to female workers and not poisonous to male workers or vice versa. For pregnant
women, some poisons may cause formative issues within the fetus. Lead and mercury have
been reported to cause neurological defects within the sibling of uncovered pregnant ladies.
In both men and ladies, other poisons may influence their regenerative frameworks.
Hereditary components. The hereditary (genetic) factors of a worker ought to be

considered since those with history of hypersensitivities will discover it troublesome to work
in an environment where their sensitivities would likely flare up. Too, those with enzyme
shortages may not be able to handle poisonous substances that enter the body.
Past therapeutic history. Therapeutic history is critical to distinguish past sicknesses,

which may be triggered by exposure to substances, or agents found within the working
environment. A frail (powerless and pale) worker who will be working in a company utilizing
lead may proceed enduring from frailty (condition characterized by an unusually low number
of red blood cells within the circulating blood) due to lead exposure. A worker analyzed with
a liver infection ought to be closely checked in the event that he/she would be working with
solvents since which may compromise the liver functions.
Way of life variables such as smoking, liquor utilization, physical dormancy, unhealthy eating
habit, drug misuse, among others can modify a worker’s characteristic defense instruments
and increment the chance of creating ill-effects. For case, higher hazard of liver illness in a
worker unprotected to solvents and a history of liquor utilization; or lingering risk of
hypertension in a worker with work-related stress who is additionally eating extra salt and
unhealthy eating practices.
The hazard of lung cancer is much more prominent in workers who have work environment
dealing with asbestos filaments and who likewise smoke.
101
COMPONENTS OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
Medical surveillance means the monitoring of a person for the purpose of identifying
changes in health status due to occupational exposure to chemicals hazardous to health.
The components of Medical Surveillance Program include:
 Pre-employment and periodic medical examination.
 Biological monitoring and biological effect monitoring.
 Health effects monitoring.
 Investigation of occupational disease and poisoning including workplace inspections.
 Notification of occupational disease and poisoning.
 Assist in disability assessment.
 Return to work examination after medical removal protection.
 Record keeping and monitoring.
1. Pre-employment and periodic medical examination

The aim of the pre-placement health assessment is to evaluate a person's physical and
mental capacity to carry out the tasks inherent in a job and in the environment in which
they are to work.
Pre-employment screening has two major functions:
1. Determination of an individual's fitness for duty, including the ability to work while
wearing protective equipment, and
2. Provision of baseline data for comparison with future medical data.
Determination of Fitness for Duty

Workers at hazardous waste sites are often required to perform strenuous tasks (e.g.,
moving 55-gallon drums) and wear personal protective equipment, such as respirators
and protective clothing, that may cause heat stress and other problems. To ensure that
prospective employees are able to meet work requirements, the pre-employment
screening should focus on the following areas:
 Occupational and Medical History

- Make sure the worker fills out an occupational and medical history
questionnaire. Review the questionnaire before seeing the worker. In the
examining room, discuss the questionnaire with the worker, paying special
attention to prior occupational exposures to chemical and physical hazards.
- Review past illnesses and chronic diseases, particularly atopic diseases
such as eczema and asthma, lung diseases, and cardiovascular disease.
- Review symptoms, especially shortness of breath or labored breathing on
exertion, other chronic respiratory symptoms, chest pain, high blood
pressure, and heat intolerance.
- Identify individuals who are vulnerable to particular substances (e.g.,
someone with a history of severe asthmatic reaction to a specific
chemical).
102
- Record relevant lifestyle habits (e.g., cigarette smoking, alcohol and drug
use) and hobbies.
 Physical Examination
- Conduct a comprehensive physical examination of all body organs,
focusing on the pulmonary, cardiovascular, and musculoskeletal systems.
- Note conditions that could increase susceptibility to heat stroke, such as
obesity and lack of physical exercise.
- Note conditions that could affect respirator use, such as missing or arthritic
fingers, facial scars, dentures, poor eyesight, or perforated ear drums
 Ability to Work While Wearing Protective Equipment

- Disqualify individuals who are clearly unable to perform based on the
medical history and physical exam (e.g., those with severe lung disease,
heart disease, or back or orthopedic problems).
- Note limitations concerning the worker's ability to use protective equipment
(e.g., individuals who must wear contact lenses cannot wear full-face piece
respirators).
- Provide additional testing (e.g., chest X-ray, pulmonary function testing,
electrocardiogram) for ability to wear protective equipment where
necessary.
- Base the determination on the individual worker's profile (e.g., medical
history and physical exam, age, previous exposures and testing).
- Make a written assessment of the worker's capacity to perform while
wearing a respirator, if wearing a respirator is a job requirement. Note that
the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) respirator
standard (29 CFR Part 1910.134) states that no employee should be
assigned to a task that requires the use of a respirator unless it has been
determined that the person is physically able to perform under such
conditions.
PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION

Occasional therapeutic examinations ought to be created and utilized in conjunction with
pre-work screening examinations. Comparison of consecutive therapeutic reports with
standard information is fundamental to decide biological patterns that will check early
signs of unfavorable wellbeing impacts, and subsequently encourage suitable defensive
measures.
The frequency and content of examinations will vary, depending on the nature of the
work and exposures.
Generally, medical examinations have been recommended at least yearly. More frequent
examinations may be necessary, depending on the extent of potential or actual
exposure, the type of chemicals involved, the duration of the work assignment, and the
individual worker's profile. Periodic screening exams can include:
 Interval medical history, focusing on changes in health status, illnesses, and
possible work-related symptoms. The examining physician should have
information about the worker's interval exposure history, including exposure
103
monitoring at the job site, supplemented by worker-reported exposure history and
general information on possible exposures at previously worked sites.
 Physical examination.
 Additional medical testing, depending on available exposure information, medical
history, and examination results. Testing should be specific for the possible
medical effects of the worker's exposure. Multiple testing for a large range of
potential exposures is not always useful; it may involve invasive procedures (e.g.,
tissue biopsy), be expensive, and may produce false-positive results.
- Pulmonary function tests should be administered if the individual uses a
respirator, has been or may be exposed to irritating or toxic substances, or
if the individual has breathing difficulties, especially when wearing a
respirator.
- Audiometric tests. Annual retests are required for personnel subject to high
noise exposures (an 8-hour, time-weighted average of 85 dBA or more),
those required to wear hearing protection, or as otherwise indicated.
- Vision tests. Annual retests are recommended to check for vision
degradation.
- Blood and urine tests when indicated.
STEPS IN SETTING UP A SPECIFIC OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE

PROGRAMME
1. Assessment of workplace hazards
2. Identification of target organ toxicities for each hazard
3. Selection of test for each “screenable” health effect
4. Development of action criteria
5. Standardization of data collection process
6. Performance of testing
7. Interpretation of test results
8. Test confirmation
9. Determination of work status
10. Notification
11. Diagnostic evaluation
12. Evaluation and control of exposure
13. Record keeping
(from Baker and Matte11)
Baker and Matte11 proposed steps in designing and implementing an individual health
surveillance programme in the workplace.
 Steps 1, 2, and 3: These refer to exposure assessments and risk
assessments for target organ damage. “Screenable” health effects are
those that can be detected during the preclinical phase and where
104
intervention at this stage is more beneficial than during later stages of the
disease.
 Step 4: The development of action criteria in response to medical test
results is important. Guidelines by consensus groups, such as the
Biological Exposure Index (BEI) of the ACGIH, and OSHA standards are
available for selected indicators. Unfortunately, such guidelines are limited
and may be inconsistent. Criteria to be applied for each test should be
appropriate in the local context.
 Steps 5 and 6: Standardization of test procedures and quality control,
provision of information to employees about the tests, and confidentiality of
results should be ensured.
 Steps 7 and 8: Interpretation of the test results should be based on several
factors, including the predetermined action level criteria, and exposure data
for the individual (including possible non-occupational exposures).
Abnormal results should be reconfirmed.
 Steps 9, 10, and 11: Removal of the employee from further exposure may
be necessary, and there may be legal provisions to safeguard wages and
benefits in the event of job transfer due to such a reason. Employees
themselves should be notified of the results, in addition to statutory
notifications (where applicable). As screening tests may not provide a
definitive diagnosis, further medical evaluations may be indicated, including
referral to the appropriate specialist.
 Steps 12 and 13: The work environment of the employee with an abnormal
screening result has to be re-evaluated. If Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS)
Survey of occupational injuries and illnesses (BLS annual survey).23
These surveys have been conducted by the US Department of Labor since
1972. Other data sets that can be examined for public health surveillance
are:
1. Mortality from diseases that have a strong link to
occupational/environmental exposures, for example, mesothelioma
and asbestos exposure.
2. Occupational injuries among hospital based admissions24 and
discharges.
3. Workmen’s compensation data.11 These data tend to underestimate
the true number of cases, as cases of long latency may be
excluded, especially if illnesses develop after exceeding the “time to
claim” legal requirements. However, the data are usually obtained
from cases that have been investigated fully, and would tend to be
those of confirmed occupational aetiology, with adequate
information on occupation of the claimant and circumstances leading
to the development of the disease. Source: Occup Environ Med
2003;60:705–710 (SURVEILLANCE IN OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH)
D Koh, T-C Aw:
https://oem.bmj.com/content/oemed/60/9/705.full.pdf
105
2. Biological monitoring and biological effect monitoring.
At the worksite, industrial hygiene practices can quantify and control only airborne
chemicals, while other features of the problem of likely harmful agents in the
environment of workers, such as skin absorption, ingestion, and non-work-related
exposure, remain undetected and therefore uncontrolled. Biological monitoring helps fill
this gap. Source – http://www.ilocis.org/documents/chpt27e.htm (Encyclopedia of
Occupational Health and Safety – Chapter 27 – Biological Monitoring).
Biological monitoring
is the measurement and
assessment of
chemicals or their
metabolites either in
tissues, secreta,
excreta, expired air or
any combination of
these in exposed
workers. These
measurements are
made on samples of
breath, urine or blood, or
any combination of
these. Biological
monitoring measurements reflect the total uptake of a chemical by an individual by all
routes (inhalation, ingestion, through the skin or by a combination of these routes).
Biological monitoring for chemical exposure contributes to the aim of preventing

unacceptable health risks by providing information on the control of occupational
exposure. It can give an indication of absorption by all routes of exposure, consequently,
it is often used to complement personal air monitoring (which measures the
concentration of a chemical in the air in a person’s breathing zone). Therefore, biological
monitoring may be particularly useful for those chemicals which are easily absorbed
through the skin or taken in by ingestion, or where exposure is controlled by personal
protective equipment.
Biological effect monitoring

Biological effect monitoring is the measurement and assessment of early biological
effects caused by absorption of chemicals. It normally involves measuring biochemical
responses (for example, measuring plasma and erythrocyte cholinesterase activity in
workers exposed to organophosphorus pesticides; or measuring increases in urinary
protein following exposure to cadmium).
These responses may have potential health implications for the individual, and may arise
from causes other than occupational exposure. Consequently, biological effect
106
monitoring should always be carried out with the close involvement of an occupational
health physician.
Furthermore, Biological effect monitoring (BEM) is "the measurement and assessment of
early biological effects, of which the relationship to health impairment has not yet been
established, in exposed workers to evaluate exposure and/or health risk compared to an
appropriate reference”.
3. Health effects monitoring
Health surveillance means any examination and investigations which may be necessary
to detect exposure levels and early biological effects and responses, and includes
biological monitoring, biological effect monitoring, medical surveillance, enquires about
symptoms of occupational poisoning or occupational disease and review of records and
occupational history.
Health monitoring is used to detect changes in a worker’s health because of exposure to
certain substances.
Health monitoring must be provided if:
 a worker is using, handling, generating or storing hazardous chemicals, and
 the work is ongoing, and
 there is a significant risk to the worker’s health because of exposure.
Health monitoring usually includes baseline and periodic monitoring. Carry out health
monitoring before a worker starts work with a hazardous chemical to establish a baseline
from which changes can be detected. The frequency of ongoing monitoring varies with
each hazardous chemical and the individuals who may be exposed, and should be
decided in consultation with the supervising medical practitioner. Health monitoring is
also recommended at the termination of work with a hazardous chemical.
4. Investigation of occupational disease and poisoning including workplace

inspections.
Accidents and occupational disease investigations are done to determine the causes of
physical injuries and occupational diseases. They are also undertaken to satisfy the legal
requirements of health and safety legislation. Investigations should also be used to
uncover workplace problems, eliminate workplace hazards and strengthen workplace
health and safety programs. Investigations can also provide information to back up
workers’ compensation claims. Near misses, health and safety incidents and complaints
are signs that an accident or disease might be just around the corner. These should also
be investigated to expose workplace hazards. Investigations must always focus on the
root causes of the hazard. The joint health and safety committee must play a leading role
to uncover the hazards that led to the accident, disease or incident.
OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE INVESTIGATIONS
An accident is usually clear to everyone and an accident investigation is usually

automatic. By comparison, occupational disease is harder to determine and to
investigate. Toxic substances, poorly designed equipment and inadequate ventilation are
107
just a few of the ongoing hazards that contribute to occupational diseases. Because the
symptoms of some occupational diseases – like occupational cancers – take decades to
appear, the link between work and disease may not be clear. When workers get sick
from occupational disease, they often do not suspect a connection between their work
and their illness. For this reason, occupational disease investigations should be carried
out. They can be useful to investigate complaints, reports of illness or disease, or to
support workers’ compensation claims.
Investigation of occupational diseases is important not only for disease control and
prevention, but also in validating the information collected through notifications, and in
obtaining information on cases of occupational disease that are not reported, or are
under-reported. The competent authority should arrange for investigations if there are
indications of incompleteness in the notification of occupational diseases. Occupational
diseases are normally investigated by OSH inspectors, occupational physicians and
occupational health researchers.
5. Notification of occupational disease

The information included in the recording of occupational diseases is determined by the
purpose of the programme, such as compensation for the victims of occupational
diseases, control measures for workplace health hazards, compliance with requirements
for notification to the competent authority, planning and organization of occupational
health services, or epidemiological and occupational health studies. Some information is
essential, and common to all these purposes. Some countries have legal requirements
that specify the minimum information to be included in notifications of occupational
diseases.
6. Assist in disability assessment

Disability assessments are a type of assessment used to determine the nature of an
individual’s physical or mental limitations if any exist. They are used in occupational
contexts to determine how a worker’s disability would affect his or her ability to perform a
specific job. Disability assessments, also called “fit to work” assessments, take place
within a great deal of legal context that is designed to prevent unfair discrimination
against disabled workers.
7. Return to work examination after medical removal protection.

Lead poisoning is preventable. Medical surveillance is an important tool to identify
excessive lead exposure and to direct and evaluate exposure reduction efforts. The
overall goal is to reduce workers’ BLLs (baseline blood lead level) to that of the general
population. The key is exposure reduction through substitution, engineering controls,
safe work practices, and appropriate use of PPE
8. Record keeping and monitoring.

A health record must be kept for all employees under health surveillance. Records are
important because they allow links to be made between exposure and any health effects.
Health records, or a copy, should be kept in a suitable form for at least 40 years from the
date of last entry because often there is a long period between exposure and onset of ill
health. Health records are different to medical records in that they should not contain
108
confidential medical information. Health records and medical records must therefore be
kept separate to avoid any breaches of medical confidentiality. Any personal medical
information should be kept in confidence and held by the occupational health
professional responsible for the health surveillance programme.
THE ROLE OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (OHS) OFFICER

OSH assessments carried out by the OHS Officer play a basic part in guaranteeing that the
prerequisites of the laws and directions overseeing the recording and notice of work-related
illnesses are legitimately complied with. OHS officer ought to have the control of get to the
worksite for assessment, in arrange to confirm compliance with the laws and controls on
recording and notice.
They give direction and urging to employers and workers, so as to reduce the dangers of
work-related illnesses at the work environment, and to assist employers to fulfil their
commitments within the recording and notification of work-related illnesses. This
encouragement and direction can be verbal or documented, and can take the shape of data,
outreach or training.
In general, OHS Safety Officer shall:

a) Collaborate with the Occupational Health Personnel in identifying the workers
(including new hires) who are potentially exposed to hazardous substances/stressors
which pose a health risk and recommend to management an exposure assessment
and development of hazard controls.
b) Ensure that supervisors report injuries and illnesses, in accordance with procedures
in “Injury/Incident Reporting and Investigation” of the Employer, and other symptoms
potentially associated with adverse health effects to Employer.
c) Work with employees and supervisors to identify employees requiring Medical
Surveillance Programs. Schedule required medical surveillance evaluations for
affected employees, utilizing a schedule of dates and times provided. When the
listing is finalized with the employee and supervisor, send the list of confirmed
appointments to.
d) Follow thru supervisors in notifying new or transferred employees requiring entry into
medical surveillance within 5 days of assignment.
e) Monitor to ensure that supervisors have employees keep their appointments for
scheduled medical surveillance exams.
f) As a result of exposure and medical monitoring, oversee the implementation of
engineering, administrative and personal protective equipment control developed by
the collaborative efforts with the OH personnel.
g) Review rosters of medical surveillance program enrollees on a monthly basis to
ensure compliance.
In satisfying their assessment obligations, OHS officer ought to coordinate, as distant as
conceivable, with OHS experts, including safety engineers, work-related doctors, medical
caretakers (nurses), hygienists and ergonomists locked in OHS practice.
109
OSH Officers play a particularly important role in liaison between OHS services, research
institutions, universities, public health services, and the institutions responsible for safety,
treatment, rehabilitation and compensation.
Reading Materials:
https://www.hse.gov.uk/health-surveillance/record-keeping/index.htm
http://www.sifacilities.si.edu/safety_health/docs/safety_manual_pub_07/ch_39_exposure_assessment_and_m
edical_surveillance.doc
https://www.osha.gov/Publications/complinks/OSHG-HazWaste/5-6.pdf
https://www.utm.my/oshe/files/2016/08/gl_medic_surv_2001.pdf
https://cupe.ca/accident-and-occupational-disease-investigations
https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_protect/---protrav/
safework/documents/normativeinstrument/wcms_177384.pdf
https://www.osha.gov/Publications/complinks/OSHG-HazWaste/5-6.pdf
https://www.conservation wiki.com/wiki/Health_%26_Safety:_Biological_Monitoring_in_the_Workplace
https://www.ilo.org/legacy/english/protection/safework/cis/products/safetytm/chemcode/13.htm
https://www.aafp.org/afp/2000/0501/p2785.html
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.go v/pmc/articles/PMC4576833/
https://oem.bmj.com/content/oemed/60/9/705.full.pdf
110
SECTION 6 – MATERIALS HANDLING

SAFETY AND STORAGE
Material handling, whether done physically or with mechanical gear, can be a major source
of work-related injuries. It was evaluated that 25% of all work-related injuries are from
manual taking care of materials.
The common injuries of workers endure from incorporate strains and sprains, breaks and
bruises. These are caused basically by risky actions such as inappropriate lifting, carrying
overwhelming loads, wrong holding, coming up short to watch legitimate foot or hand
clearances and not utilizing or wearing appropriate hardware and/ or individual defensive
equipment and clothing.
Another cause of material handling accident can be caused by poor work plan. Ergonomics
is in some cases depicted as “fitting the work to the individual, instead of the individual to the
job.”
The ergonomic approach hence looks at manual handling, taking into consideration the
extend of pertinent components counting the nature of the assignment, the loads, the
working environment and person capability
Many manual handling injuries are cumulative rather than being truly attributable to any
single handling incident.
BASIC HANDLING PRINCIPLES

 Needless handling costs but cannot add value to the product
 Manual handling must be eliminated whenever possible and mechanical means
should be employed
 Handling should be correlated with operations, inspections, storage and other
handling that comes all handling systems should be integrated
 Handling equipment should be replaced wherever greater efficiency can be so obtain.
CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS
ACCORDING TO PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS:
a. Solids
 Bulk – created large machineries and parts, crated materials caustic blocks,
soap blocks, etc.
 Powder – flours, phosphates, sugar, cement.
 Granules & Gravel size – copra meal pellets, silicates.
 Odd size – copra.
b. Liquids
 Light – solvents, oils, fuels.
 Viscous – molasses, asphalt, heavy oil, paints.
 Pastes – detergent paste, adhesives.
111
c. Gases
ACCORDING TO HAZARDOUS CHARACTERISTICS:

a) Flammables – easily set on fire & likely to burn rapidly.
b) Explosives
c) Toxic – poisonous
d) Corrosive
e) Emits Hazardous Fumes or Gases
f) Fragile
Materials Handling – is the preparation, placing, and positioning of materials to facilitate

their movement or storage.
 There is now substantial international acceptance of both the scale of the
manual handling problem and methods of prevention.
 Modern medical and scientific knowledge stresses the importance of an
ergonomic approach in removing or reducing the risk of manual handling
injury.
 Ergonomics – is sometimes described as “fitting the job to the person, rather
than the person to the job”.
 The ergonomic approach therefore looks at manual handling as a whole,
taking into account a range of relevant factors including the nature of risk, the
load, the working environment and individual capability.
 Many manual handling injuries are cumulative rather than being truly
attributable to any single handling incident. The result can be physical
impairment or even permanent or even permanent disability.
Materials Handling (Categories)

 Lifting
 Distance is particularly important where lifting is an integral part of the
job.
 Transporting
 Considerable should be given to the and routing of traffic
 Storing
 Depends on cost and type of materials and free flow of materials
Types of Materials Handling

 Material
 Individual Capacity
 25 kg… female
112
 50 kg… male
 Accessories
 2 wheeled hand trucks
 4 wheeled hand trucks
 Crowbars
 Shovel
 Mechanical
 Powered hand truck
 Crane
 Hoist
 Forklift
 Boom truck
 Heavy – duty truck
 Tractors
 Railroad Cars
 Conveyors
 Pipelines
 Pallets
 Carton Clamps
 Wire ropes
 Lifting bars
Safe Operating Practices
1) Can the job be engineering to possibly eliminate manual handling?
2) Can the material be conveyed or moved mechanically?
3) In what way do the materials being handled cause injury?
4) Can employees be given handling aids to make their job easier and safer?
5) Will protective clothing or equipment, help prevent injuries?
Materials Handling Problems

 Common injuries are strains, fractures & bruises. These are primarily caused by
unsafe practices:
 Improper lifting,
 Carrying too heavy load
 Incorrect gripping,
 Failing to observe proper fool or hand clearance, and
 Failing to use or wear proper equipment &/or personal protective
equipment & clothing
 Property damage & serious injury/fatality caused by mechanical equipment!
113
Guidelines for Manual Lifting

 Inspect materials for slivers, jagged edges, and burrs, rough or slippery surfaces.
 Get a firm grip on the object.
 Keep fingers away from pinch points, especially when putting materials down.
 When handling lumber, pipe or other long objects, keep hands away from the
ends to prevent them from being pinched.
 Wipe off greasy, wet slippery, or dirty objects before trying to handle them.
 Keep hands free of oil & grease.
Basic Principles of Manual Handling

1) Size up the load
2) Obtain secure footing – place feet solidly and well apart and close to the object as
practical
3) Crouch close to the load and get a firm grip. Keep back as straight as possible
4) Lift by straightening legs
Lifting & Carrying
1. Check suitable clothing and

assess load. Heaviest side to
body.
2. Place feet apart-bend knees.
3. Firm grip – close to body slight
bending of back, hips and knees
at start
4. Lift smoothly to knee level and
then waist level. No further
bending of back
5. With clear visibility move forward
without twisting. Keep load close
to the waist. Turn by moving feet.
Keep head up do not look at
load.
6. Set load down at waist level or to
knee and then floor
Photos taken from allsafetyposters.com
114
Back Injuries
Interestingly, while many people know the role cholesterol, diet and exercise plays in
preventing heart attack, few persons know how to prevent spine problems, or a “back
attack.” While everyone understands that chest pain is a signal from the body that
something is wrong, random bouts of back pain are largely ignored until the problem
becomes more serious, and a disc is herniated.
Some back injuries involve the “soft tissue” that is the muscle, ligament type injury.
A more serious injury occurs when the discs of the spine are involved.
If the load is to go at table height, set it down and keep in contact with the load until it is
secure on the table.
There is one final important rule: “THINK BEFORE YOU LIFT”.

Remember, in lifting, you are the major cause of your injuries; therefore, you have the
major responsibility for preventing them.
Rules for Lifting

 Never bend, lift, and twist at the same time!
 Use mechanical aids or assistance when possible
 Bend your knees and use your legs to lift!
Proper Lifting
Plan the Lift

Before attempting to lift or move something heavy; it is imperative to step back and analyze
what must be fulfilled. Think approximately how heavy the object is, how/what distant it
needs to be moved, where it is going to end up? What is the shape of the object?
It is cumbersome, will it be easily manipulated? Is it a two-person job? Is there anything in
the way that needs to be moved prior to lifting? Stand directly in front of the other for
balance.
Correct Positioning
Get Help if Needed. If the load is too heavy, DON’T TRY TO LIFT IT ALONE. Find
someone who can help carry it, or if possible, break the load into two smaller, more
manageable loads. Bend the knees and tighten the stomach muscles. Using both hands,
gasp the object firmly and pull it as close as possible to your body.
Lift with the Legs – Not the Back

Since leg muscles are stronger than back muscles, lift with the legs, until they are
straightened. Avoid jerky movements. Keep the natural curve in the spine; don’t bend at the
waist. To turn, move the feet around by pivoting on the toes, not by twisting at the stomach.
115
When it is time to set the load down, it is very important that it is done correctly. Reverse the
procedures for lifting to minimize the strain on the back. If the load is going to set on the
floor, bend the knees and position the load in front of you.
If the load is to go at table height, set it down and keep in contact with the load until it is
secure on the table.
There is one final important rule: “THINK BEFORE YOU LIFT”.

Remember, in lifting, you are the major cause of your injuries; therefore, you have the
major responsibility for preventing them.
Mechanized Material Handling Equipment:

Solid material:
 Conveyors – belts, screw, chain hook and scoop
 Use only conveyors if you’re trained and authorized to do so
 Go around not over or under, a conveyor.
 Keep body parts. Never wear loose clothing or long hair.
 Watch out for materials that could fall from belts or rollers.
 Know where emergency stop switches are located.
 Never let anyone ride a conveyor.
 Elevators – bucket, cage
 Be sure the elevator is in place and level before entering
 Use controls, not blocks, wedges, or your body to hold doors open.
 Don’t overload beyond rated capacity.
 Rolling Stocks – forklifts, clamp lifts, dump trucks, trucks
 Hoist
 Cable Systems
Liquids and Gases

 Piping Systems
 Pumps
 Troughs or canal
 Helicoids conveyor
 Scoops
Manpower equipment
 Push carts or haul carts
 Wheel barrow
 Drum lifters
116
 Slings
Safe Operation of Materials Handling Equipment

Tractors:
 Operated by authorized and qualified drivers.
 Operated at speed consistent with road conditions outside and inside the plant
premises.
 Properly secured coupling of truck trailer train.
Forklift Trucks:
 Operated by authorized and qualified drivers.
 Should have substantial canopy guards.
 Should not be used to transport personnel.
 Loads should be stable.
 Should travel with load as low as possible.
 Loads should not be raised or lowered reroute
Power Truckers/Cranes
 Operated by authorized and qualified crane operator.
 Operated should always have a helper
 Operated at the lowest possible speed.
 The hook should be fixed to the lower end of the boom when traveling without
load.
Storage In Chemical Handling

 Temporary & permanent storage should be secured, neat & orderly.
 Allow adequate ceiling clearance under the sprinklers (18-36).
 Use bins & racks to facilitate storage and reduce hazards.
 Segregation & isolation:
 6 m safe distance
 Cartoons…...Lumbers…. Bags
 Containers…. Paints & Thinners…. Gasoline/Diesel…. Oxygen & Acetylene
Cylinders
Safety In Chemical Handling

 Make sure the chemical being used is the right one for the job.
117
 Determine the nature and degree of hazard of the chemical
 Never use an unknown substance.
 Isolate the hazard
 Match protection to the hazard
Seven (7) Steps for Spill Response

 Assess the Risk
 Select Appropriate PPE
 Confine the Spill
 Stop the Source
 Evaluate Incident/Implement Cleanup
 Decontaminate
 Complete Required Reports
Assess the Risk

From the moment a spill occurs and throughout the response effort, determine the risks that
may affect human health, the environment, and property.
Always Put Safety First
Select Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment

If you are uncertain of the danger or the spilled material is unknown, assume the worst and
use the highest level of protection.
Confine the Spill

Speed Counts! Stop the spread of liquid before it has a chance to contaminate a water
source.
Stop the Source

After the spill is confined, stop the source of the spill.
Evaluate Incident/Implement Clean Up

Once the spill is confined with socks or dikes and the source has been stopped. It is time to
reassess the incident and develop a plan of action for implementing the spill cleanup.
Decontaminate
Decontaminate the site, personnel, and equipment by removing or neutralizing the
hazardous materials that have accumulated during the spill.
118
Tips for Spill Responders
 Always begin with socks or dikes to confine spill
 Overlap ends of socks/dikes by at least 15cm
 Stop the source before implementing cleanup
 Use mats and pillows to quickly soak up the spill
 Choose pillows when depth of liquid greater than 5mm
 Attack spill from outside in – avoid stepping in spilled liquid
 Use “buddy system” – avoid responding alone
 Thoroughly decontaminate ALL equipment after a spill
 Frequency train responders – hold mock spill response drills
Forklift for Moving and Lifting Material

Do’s
 Inspection the forklift daily and have any problems fixed before you use it
 Refuel or recharge only in designated areas
 Keep loads low and balance with the mast titles slightly back
 Keep wide loads centered
 Wear hard hat if required
 Travel with the load uphill on inclines
 Drive in reverse if the load blocks your vision except on grades
 Back out slowly after uploading, checking over your shoulder
 Others can be injured or killed if they walk under the load, trip over the
forks, or are hit by forks or improperly loaded materials.
Don’t…
 Carry passengers or lift people
 Load beyond rated capacity
Carry load so high that it can cause the forklift to tip over
Raise or lower loads while you’re moving
Travel with forks raised when unloaded
Follow common sense traffic and driving rules:

 Don’t speed
 Stay on the lookout for pedestrian
 Slow down for turns and on wet or slippery floor surfaces
 Stop and blow your horn at crossings, blind corners or before reversing
Dollies and Hand Trucks

119
 Choose the right truck for the job – a curved-bed truck for drums for instance
 Place heavy objects on the bottom with load forward over axis – but not so high
that you can’t see over it
 Secure any bulky, awkward, or delicate items
 Get a firm grip, keep buttocks out, back in its natural curve and knees bent
 Lean in the direction you’re going. Only walk backwards its necessary to get into a
tight place
 Walk – don’t run
 Keep the load ahead of you and under control when going downhill
Crowbars – Choose the right type and size for the job; Don’t straddle a crowbar: position it
so it can’t pinch or crust you if it slips
Hooks – Keep in good condition and shield sharp points when not it uses
Ropes – Know what a particularly rope can handle, and don’t overload it. To keep a rope in
good condition:
 Don’t let it kink or bend
 Cover sharp corners with a pad
 Replace if fibers are broken, look dry, or there’s not much give
 Clean and dry before storing
Points on Safety Storage of Materials

 Materials that can react with each other should be stored in separate areas (e.g.
acid and base)
 Storage areas should be well ventilated and lighted
 In storage areas of flammable materials, explosion proof lighting fixtures and
switches to be used
 Where flammable fumes are emitted by stored materials, battery operated forklifts
are to be used
 Storage areas should be provided with fire extinguishers located at strategic
places and are accessible
 Provide at least four feet of space between the stockpile and the wall. This is to
protect the pile against heat if there is fire at the other side of the wall. This too will
afford ventilation and serves as access way for firefighters in the event of fire
 Use screw nails in making or repair of wooden pallets
 No welding or open flame cutting should be permitted in storage of flammable
materials. Hot work permit is mandatory should welding is extremely necessary.
120
Key Points:
 Material handling, whether done manually or with mechanical equipment, can be
a major source of occupational injuries.
 It was estimated that 25% of all occupational injuries are from manual handling of
materials.
 Many manual handling injuries are cumulative rather than being truly attributable
to any single handling incident.
 According to reports, the largest number of injuries occurs are on the fingers and
hands.
121
SECTION 7 – ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND LOCK OUT–TAG OUT (LOTO)
Like all other forms of energy, it can be totally secure given it is treated and handled with
care and individuals know the fundamental standards in its usage. Electrical mishandling
and abuse, in any case, can result to grave injuries, fire, harm to plant and equipment,
indeed passing (death)
Each piece of equipment may be a potential source of electrical shock. Indeed, an electrical
shock little sufficient not to cause an injury can trigger an automatic response that will result
in physical harm.
Electric accidents are classified into: electric shock caused by contact with charged or
leaked parts of electric facilities; a burn cause by discharge arc, eye injury caused by
strong light from arc welding work; and fire or explosion ignited by overheat, sparks,
leakage current, static charges, and the like.
A workable electrical safety arrangement coupled with a worker’s training and risk alertness
program can encourage to anticipate electrical shock. It is additionally prescribed that an
feasible electrical review program be actualized and conducted intermittently as conditions
warrant.
Myths and misconceptions about electricity:

 Electricity takes the path of least resistance. This myth implies that current only
takes low resistance paths. Actually, current will take any path, high or low
resistance in order to return to the source that provides power.
 A person is led to believe that electricity wants to go to ground and simply
disappear. In reality, current uses the ground to get back to its grounded power
source.
 When an electrical tool or appliance is into water, it does not short out. If the
switch is ON, the item will continue to operate. If it is switched OFF, it will do no
harm.
 AC reverse polarity is not hazardous. The switch is supposed to be on the “hot”
conductor supplying power to the item.
 It takes high voltage to kill; 120 volts AC is not dangerous. Current is, however,
AC voltage as low as 60 volts can kill. At higher voltage, the body can be severely
burned and yet the victim could live.
 Double – insulated power tools are doubly safe and can be used in wet and damp
locations.
Basic Electrical Terms

Voltage – the difference in potential between points (measured in volts)
Current – the movement or flow of electric charges (measured in amperes)
122
Resistance – the property of material that opposes the flow of electric current (measured in
ohms)
Ohm’s law – the current flowing in a circuit is directly proportional to the voltage and
inversely proportional to the resistance
Conductor – permits electrons or electric current to flow through it Conductors have low
resistance to electricity and are used for wires, switches and electrical connections.
Insulator – used to provide barrier around a conductor (to prevent accident contact).
Insulators have a very high resistance to the flow of electricity and are used to cover wiring
and electrical components
Semiconductors – can change their resistance to act as either a conductor or an insulator.

They are used to make computer microchips.
Electrical Circuit - any combination of a conductor and a source of electricity connected

together to permit electrons to travel in a continuous stream. Electricity may take multiple
paths, flowing through all possible circuits. The greatest amount of current will flow through
the path of least resistance, or lowest resistance, or lowest impedance.
Circuit-Protection Devices (CPDs)

 Fuses
 Circuit breakers
 Ground fault circuit – interrupters (GFCIs) – A GFCI is a supersensitive appliance,
rapid action power switch which breaks a circuit when where is more than 5
milliamps difference between the hot wire and the neutral or grounded
conductors.
Rules for Circuit Protection

 Do not create an octopus connection
 Never bypass, bridge nor disable any circuit protection device in an energized or
live circuit
 Always make sure the power is safely off.
 Replace a fuse pliers for added protection
 Be sure the markings on the old and new fuses match
Electrical Shock – is the most serious electrical hazard. This happens when you touch a
live wire, a tool or machine with poor insulation. You then become a conductor. The danger
of an electric shock is not directly related to the voltage, but mainly determined by the
123
following conditions: current value, type of power supply, duration of electric shock,
passage of current and human condition.
The minimum current at which a man feels an electric shock is about 1 mA at 60Hz; the limit
current at which man endure the pain of an electric shock is about 7 to 8 mA and the
maximum current at which man can still move is about 10 to 15 mA. The hearts rhythm,
upsetting the blood flow and affecting its vital functions. When the current increases, the
heart shivers and death results in few minutes.
Measures for Preventing Electric Shock Accidents

Accidents or deaths by an electric shock are mostly caused by contact with power
transmission lines, followed by movable or portable electric machines and equipment,
switches, wiring, capacitors, and other power facilities.
To prevent such accidents, even death, it is necessary to check the electric facilities and put
them in order, and to conduct training for handling electric equipment and working method
around electric facilities;
1. Maintenance and Inspection of electric facilities

 Check the wiring, movable wires, switches and all electric machines and
equipment if provided with complete insulation cover and enclosures, if you found
out that it is faulty, they must be repaired immediately.
 Before using the electric equipment, check the earth conductor is connected and
not damaged and see to it that the earth pole is not floating.
 Before using the welding machines, check if the electrode holders, safety devices
and tools such as automatic voltage reducing device for AC welding machines
and leakage circuit breaking equipment for preventing electric shocks are
complete.
2. Electric shock prevention when handling live lines and working near live lines
When handling hot lines, it is necessary to install an insulation protector, and have
workers wear safety garments such as insulation gloves and electric safety helmet. For
high-voltage live lines, it is preferable to use live line working tools such as live sticks, live
line working carts, and insulation bench. If working near high-voltage live lines, workers
must approach within 30cm from overhead live lines or within 60cm from sideway or
underneath live lines. The workers must wear insulation protective garments or the live
lines must be provided with a safety device. Low-voltage live lines must be protected in
the same way.
 Electric safety Helmet. Or electric safety helmet is useful to prevent an electric
shock and protect the head from frying and falling objects. The helmet consists of
high-insulating synthetic resin, such as polyethylene.
 Electric Rubber gloves
124
 For high voltage. When handling high voltage live lines, the gloves protect
the hands and forearms.
 For low voltage
 Raw and synthetic rubbers are used, of which the latter has better wear
resistance. The withstand voltage is 2,000 V/min for raw rubber gloves and
1,000 V/min for synthetic gloves.
 Electric insulation garments. Is used to protect both shoulders and back from an
electric shock.
 Electric sleeve cover. Protects arms from electric shock
 Electric insulation
 Electric insulation sheet
 Protective tube for construction field
3. Electric shock prevention when handling power failure

It is caused by misrecognition of hot lines, touching residual electric charges, and error of
power transmission and this accident is greater at power failure than at normal operation.
First Aid Procedures

Mild Shock
 Have the worker sit down
 Be sure muscle movement is normal
 Check for loss of feeling in any part of the body
 Check the pulse rate and breathing
 If there is no serve pain, the worker can return to work.
Continuous Shock
 Remove the contact of the worker from energized source using wooden chair,
broom handle, plastic pipe or rope.
 When you have freed the victim from the power source, assess if the victim from
the power source, assess if the victim’s condition. Check the airway, breathing
and pulse. Always bring the victim to the doctor for medical attention after first aid.
Lockout – is blocking the flow of energy from power source to the equipment – and keeping
it blocked out.
Lockout/ tag out protects you from the unexpected start-up of machines or release of stored
energy during service or maintenance.
Lockout – Tag Out Procedure
125
 Place a lock on a disconnection switch, circuit breaker, valve handle to make sure
it cannot be moved from the OFF or closed position.
 Attach a written tag at the place where the equipment would be energized, such
as the ON switch or on valve that opens a supply line.
 NEVER use you LOTO for blocking personal or unauthorized items
 NEVER lend or borrow a lock or tag
 NEVER remove someone else’s lock or tag
Six (6) Steps to Lockout/ Tag out

1. Preparation – know the equipment, its energy source before working on it
2. Shutdown – turn off the equipment
3. Isolation – find and isolate every form of energy that the machine uses. This
includes pulling fuses, throwing disconnects and capping any secondary sources
of energy.
4. Application – anything that might restore the flow of energy to the work area
must be locked out. In situations where, multiple pieces of equipment are being
locked. An authorized employee places all keys in a lock box to which each
employee attaches his or her personal lock.
5. Control – even after the equipment is locked out, you must control the stored
energy.
a. Relieve, disconnected or restrain any residual hazardous energy that could
be present
b. Check that all moving parts have been stopped.
c. Relieve trapped pressure
d. Install ground wires to discharge electrical capacitors.
e. Block or support elevated equipment
f. Check continuously if energy build-up is possible
6. Verify
a. Energy source is shut down. Blocked off, controlled and locked out
b. Warn everyone in the lockout area and be sure they are moved to a safe
place
c. Activate controls that might restore power to the machine you are working
on
d. If equipment does not start, restore all controls to the OFF position and
begin to work
Three (3) Steps to Removal and Re-Energizing a System

1. Restore Work Area
a. Remove all tools
126
b. Double check all equipment components
c. Replace all safety features, such as machine guards
d. Close access panels that were opened to perform service on equipment
2. Notify Personnel. Notify all employees that LOTO devices are being removed. Remove
employees from the area or make sure they are at a safe distance from the equipment.
3. Remove LOTO Devices. The person who placed each device must be the one to
remove it. Someone who placed a LOTO device is not present, notify your supervisor
who will follow specific procedures. Never remove it yourself.
After all devices are removed, tell involved employees that LOTO is ended ad that the
equipment is being re-energized.
Things to Remember:
 Electricity is a form of energy
 Electric accidents are classified into: electric shock caused by contact with
charged or leakage parts of electric facilities; a burn cause by discharge arc, eye
injury caused by strong light from arc, welding work; and fire or explosion ignited
by overheat, sparks, leakage current, static charges, and the like.
 Electric shock is the most serious electrical hazard.
 The danger of an electric shock is not directly related to the voltage, but mainly
determined by the following conditions: current value, type of power supply,
duration of electric shock, passage of current and human condition.
 The heart is particularly the susceptible to electric shock.
 Lockout is blocking the flow of energy from the power source to the equipment
and keeping it blocked out.
127
SECTION 8 - MACHINE AND EQUIPMENT SAFETY
Guarding, or machine guarding, is regularly thought of as being concerned as it were with
focuses of operation or with the means of power transmission. In spite of the fact that
guarding against these risks is required, this step can anticipate injuries from other causes
both on and around machines and from gear and harmed materials. Poor machine guarding
is one of the most noteworthy supporters to work-related injuries.
Guarding or barriers may prevent injuries from the following sources:

 Direct contact with exposed moving parts of the machine.
 Work process, pieces of wood that kick back from a power ripsaw or metal chips
that fly from tools or from abrasive wheels.
 Machine failure usually results from lack of preventive maintenance, overloading,
metal fatigue or abuse
 Electrical failure, which may cause malfunctioning of the machine or electrical
shocks or burns
 Operator error or human failure caused by lack of knowledge or skill, emotional
distraction, misunderstandings, laziness, unsafe operation, illness, fatigue and so
on.
 Excessive noise is more than just annoyance; excessive noise can be a real
hazard because it can cause permanent hearing damage.
Principles of Safeguarding
 Safeguarding hazards before accidents guarding the hazard is a fundamental
principle of accident prevention and is not limited to machinery.
 Benefits of Safeguarding. The primary benefits of proper safeguarding in a
supervisor’s eyes are that it reduces the possibility of injury and it may improve
production.
 Types of safeguards. The type of machine guard depends on the machine it will
guard.
Where Mechanical Hazards Occur

 Point of Operation – the point in the machine where work is performed on the
material
 Cutting, Shaping, Boring or Forming Stock
 Point Transmission – All components of the mechanical system which transmit
energy to the part of the machine performing the work.
 Flywheels, Pulleys, Belts, Couples, Gears
 Other Moving Parts – All parts of the machine which moves while the machine is
working
 Reciprocating, Rotating, and transverse moving parts.
128
Hazardous Mechanical Motion
 Rotating – smooth, slowly rotating shafts can grip clothing Skin contact can force
an arm or hand into the dangerous position
 Reciprocating Motion – Back and forth motion or up and down motion. Worker
can be struck by or caught between a moving and a stationary part.
 Transverse Motion – movement in a straight continuous line Worker can be
struck by or caught in a pitch or shear points.
Requirements for Safeguards

 Prevent contact – prevent worker’s body or clothing from contracting hazardous
moving parts
 Secure – firmly secured to machine and not easily removed
 Protect from falling objects – ensure that no objects can fall into moving parts.
 Create no new hazards – must not have shear points, jagged edges or
unfinished surfaces
 Allow safe lubrication – if possible, be able to lubricate the machine without
removing the safeguard
Safeguard Design should Include the Following:

 Conform or exceeded the requirements of OSHS (Rule 1200)
 It should be considered a permanent part of the machine or equipment
 Should be on highest level of protection not only for the operator and those who
are performing lubrication, but also for those who pass by the equipment/
machine.
 It should be convenient. Guards must not interfere with efficient operation with the
machine, causes discomfort to the operator, complicate light maintenance and/ or
cleaning the area around the machine.
 It should be designed for the specific job and specific machine
 It should not in any way weaken the structure of the machine.
 Fire resistant and non-corrosive and is easy to repair.
 Should be strong enough to resist normal wear and durable enough to be used for
a long period of time with minimum maintenance.
 The safeguard should not be a source of another or additional hazard.
 Safeguards covering rotating parts should be interlocked with the machine itself
so that the machine cannot be operated unless the safeguard is in place
 Should not interfere with machine oiling, inspection, adjusting and repair
 Well-constructed and practical
 It should give protection against operational contingencies and not merely against
normally expected hazards.
129
Methods of Machine Safeguarding

1. Guards
 Fixed
 Interlocked
 Adjustable
 Self-adjusting
2. Device
 Presence sensing
 Pullback
 Restraint
 Safety controls
 Gates
3. Location/Distance
4. Feeding & Ejecting Method
 Automatic and/or semi-automatic feed and ejection
 Robots
5. Miscellaneous Aids
 Awareness barriers
 Protective shields
 Hand-feeding tools
Fixed Guard
Provides a barrier – a permanent part of the machine, preferable to all other types of
guards
Types of fix guards (photos taken from sideplayer.com)
Shaft with Projections
Chains and Sprockets
Rack and Pinions Gears Rack and Pinions Gears
130
Counter-Locking Rolls
Pulley Belts
Axial Flow Fans Belt Conveyor
Interlocked Guard (photos taken from sideplayer.com)

When this type of guard is opened or removed. The tripping mechanism and/or power
automatically shuts off or disengages, and the machine cannot cycle or be started until the
guard is back in place.
131
Adjustable Guard
Provide a barrier that may be adjusted to facilitate a variety of production operations.
Band saw blade adjustable guard (photos taken from osha.gov)
Self-Adjusting Guard (photos taken from sideplayer.com)

Provides a barrier that moves according to the size of the stock entering the danger area.
132
Pullback Device (photos taken from slideshare.net)

1. Utilizes a series of cable attached to the operator’s hands, and/or arms
2. Primary used on machines with stroking action
3. Allows access to the point of operation when the slide/arm is up
4. Withdraws hands when the slide/arm begins to descend
5. Hands in die, feeling
6. Point of operation exposed
7. Pullback device attached and property adjusted
8. Die closed
9. Hands withdrawn from point of operation by pullback device
133
Restraint Device (photos taken from osha.gov)
 Use cable or straps attached to the operator’s hands and a fixed point
 Must be adjusted to let the operator’s hands travel within a predetermined safe
area
 Hands- feeding tools are often necessary if the operation involves placing material
into the danger area
Safety Tripwire Cable (photos taken from sideplayer.com)

 Device located around the perimeter of or near the danger area
 Operator must be able to reach the cable to stop the machine
134
Two-Hand Control (photos taken from slideshare.net)

 Requires constant, concurrent pressure to activated the machine
 The operator’s hands are required to be at safe location (on control buttons) and
at a safe distance from the danger area while the machine completes its closing
cycle
Presence Sensing (photos taken from slideshare.net)

 Uses systems of light.
 Principle of operation: When the light beam is broken, machine will not start to
cycle of stopping mechanism will be activated
135
Gate (photos taken from slideshare.net)
 Movable barrier device which protects the operator at the point of operation before
the machine cycle can be started
 If the gate does not fully close, machine will not function
Movable barriers are also called as Gate
Safeguarding by Location/Distance (photos taken from slideshare.net)

 Locate the machine or its dangerous moving parts so that they are not accessible
or do not present a hazard to worker during normal operation
 Maintain a safe distance from danger area
136
Robots
 Machine that load and unload stock, assemble parts transfer object, or perform
other tasks
 Best used in high-production process requiring repeated routines where they
prevent other hazard to employees
Protective Shields
 These do not give complete protection from machine hazard, but do provide some
protection from flying particles, splashing cutting oil, or coolants.
Holding Tools
 Used to place and remove stock in the danger area
 Not to be used instead of other machine safeguards, but as a supplement
Different types of holding tools (photos taken from ilocis.org)
 Duckbill
 Vacu-Tongs
 Curved Handle Pliers
(two-handed use)
 Tweezer
 Tong for tube
 Double magnet
with release lever
 Feeding Tongs
 Double cup litter
 Magnetic litter “Twist-Off”
 Right Angle Jaw Tongs
137
Machine Safety Responsibilities
 Management
 Ensure all machinery is properly guarded
 Supervisors
 Train employees on specific guard rules in their areas
 Ensure machine guards remain in place and are functional
 Immediately correct machine guard deficiencies
 Employee
 Do not remove guards unless machine is locked and tagged
 Report machine guard problems to supervisors immediately
 Do not operate equipment unless guards are in place
Training
Operators should receive training on the following:
 Hazards associated with particular machines
 How the safeguards provide protection and the hazards for which they are
intended
 How and why to use the safeguards
 How and when safeguards can be removed and by whom
 What to do if a safeguard is damaged, missing, or unable to provide
adequate protection
A good rule to remember is: Any machine part, function, or process which may cause
injury must be safeguard
Types of Guard
 Enclosure (cover) – these are barriers between person and moving parts
of a machine. This step is the first priority of machine guarding
 Fencing (railing) – This prevents somebody from trespassing and coming
to restricted area.
Safeguarding Mechanisms Rotating Mechanism. It is dangerous unless it is
safeguarded. Mechanical power transmission apparatus represents the large percentage of
this type of hazardous mechanism. Transmission should be safeguarded as effectively as
possible.
Cutting or Shearing Mechanism. The hazards of cutting or shearing mechanisms lies at

the point where the is being done and where the movable parts of the machine approach or
cross the fixed parts of the pieces of machine.
138
In running NIP Points. Whenever two or more parallel shafts that are close together rotate
in opposite directions. An in running nip point is formed. Object or parts of the body may be
drawn into this nip point and be crushed or mangled.
Screw or Worm Mechanisms. The hazards involved in this operation are the shearing
action set up between the moving screw and the fixed parts of the housing. Screw or Worm
mechanisms are generally used for conveying, mixing, or grinding materials. Food mixers,
meat grinders, screw conveyors, dry material mixer and grinders are some example of
screw or worm mechanism
Forming or Bending Mechanisms (Power Press). Hand and finger injuries on these
presses are common and result in permanent partial disability. Factors that make the
problem difficult are variations in operations and operating conditions – in the size, speed,
and types of press
Matching the Machine or equipment to the Operator

 Workplace. Machines and equipment should be arranged so that operator does a
minimum amount of lifting and traveling.
 The work height. The workstation should be of optimal height in relation to stand-
up or sit-T
 Controls. Machine speed and ON and OFF controls should be readily accessible.
 Materials Handling Aids. These aids should be provided to minimize manual
handling of raw materials and in-process or finished parts, both to and from
machines
 Operator Fatigue. Workers become fatigued at a machine station usually as a
result of combined physical and mental activities, not simply from expending
energy.
 Adequate lighting and other environmental consideration
 Excessive noise. It is more than just annoyance; excessive noise can be real
hazardous because it can cause permanent hearing damage.
Lock out Tag out Procedures

If a lock out tags out is to be set, the equipment must have a built-in locking devices. It must
be designed for the insertion of padlocks or have attachments on which locks can be placed.
The lock out tags out can only be effective if the supervisor trains employees to follow it and
then watches constantly for deviations. The lock out tag out procedure is very important
when dealing with matches. Its simple tag can save lives.
Things to Ponder:
 Guarding, or machine guarding, is often thought of as being concerned only with
points of operation or with the means of power transmission.
139
 Poor machine guarding practices are one of the greatest contributors to workplace
injuries.
 Rotating mechanisms, cutting or shearing mechanism, in-running nip point screw or
worm
 Mechanisms, power press are examples of safeguards mechanisms.
 Types of guarding are enclosure (cover) and fencing (railing)
140
SECTION 9 – FIRE SAFETY
Fire is the result of chemical combination of a combustible fabric (fuel) with oxygen within
the nearness of sufficient warm. In case any one of the three is lost, a fire will not begin. The
relationship is called fire triangle. It is vital that each employee, not only supervisor, knows
the most causes of fire, how fire spreads, how to battle fire, and how to avoid fire.
Basic Chemistry of Fire

 Fuel. Or combustible materials. This includes many substances such as natural gas
(methane), plastics, wood, natural and artificial fibers, paper, coal and other living
matter. Inorganic substances are also combustible, substances like hydrogen,
ammonium nitrate magnesium, phosphorus, sodium and sulfur.
 Oxygen. Fine normally draws its fire through the air, which is a mixture of 21 percent
oxygen and 78 percent nitrogen.16% of oxygen is needed to sustain fire
 Heat. Sufficient heat to raise the temperature of the fuel and oxygen occurs. The
temperature of the fuel and oxygen occurs. The temperature at which the substance
gives off these vapors or gasses in sufficient quantity to be ignited is called the
‘’flash’’ of the substance.
 Chemical Reaction. Vapors of gases, which are distilled during burning process of a
material, are carried into the flame
Three methods of Heat Transfer

 Conduction. Is the transfer of thermal energy between neighboring molecules in a
substance due to a temperature gradient. It takes places in solids, such as metal,
timber, concrete and glass. Some solids, such as metals, are better conductor heat
than woods, for example.
 Convection. Is one of the major modes of heat transfer. It takes the place in fluids
and gases cause by convection currents.
 Radiation. Is electromagnetic radiation emitted from a material which is due to the
heat of the material. The characteristics of which depend on its temperature. It is the
process of heat transmission though air and gases. If you are sitting close to a
bonfire, he will feel the heat of the fire, even though the surroundings is cold, this is
an example of heat radiation.
Sources of Ignition
 Electrical equipment. Hot surface produced by defective electrical equipment are a
common source if ignition.
 Spontaneous Ignition. If some liquids are heated or sprayed to a very hot surface, it
may ignite spontaneously without a present ignition source.
 Spontaneous Combustion. Is a type of combustion which occurs without an
external ignition source. Combustion begins if a sufficiently strong oxidizer, such as
oxygen, is present.
141
 Smoking. In may workplaces, employees smoking, or other persons smoking in a
certain area. Can be a source of fire.
 Friction. Sparks can be created by friction, for instance where the moving part of a
machine comes to contract with a fixed part, or two moving surfaces rub each other
or slide together during machine operation.
 Engines, Vehicle Emissions and Hot Surface. In vehicle maintenance, and parking
areas, diesel-petrol engine, vehicle emissions and hot surface like exhaust systems
can be a source of ignition
 Open Flame Sources. Open flame in the workplaces such as boilers, furnaces,
portable heating appliances, etc. can be also a source of ignition.
 Lighting. In limited cases, lighting can be a source of ignition.
Products of Combustion
 Fire Gases. Are the vaporized products of combustion.
 Flame. Is the visible luminous body of a burning gas, which become hotter and less
luminous when it is mixed with increased amounts of oxygen.
 Heat. Is the process of energy transfer from one body or system due to thermal
contact.
 Smoke. The visible product of incomplete combustion.
Phases of Burning
 Incipient phase or Beginning phase
 Flame Producing or Free-Burning Phase
 Smoldering phase
Incipient Phase
 Oxygen is plentiful
 Temple has not built to high peak
 Breathing not difficult
 Direct water application
 Ventilation: not a problem
 Little steam product
Free Burning Phase – after oxygen content of the air falls below 15% the fire enters a
smoldering phase where flame may cease but dense smoke and heat completely fill the
room.
 Oxygen supply is below 15%
 Temp is very high
 Normal breathing not possible
142
 Backdraft hazard
 Fire extinguishment: indirect method
 Ventilation is a must
Fire Spread Control

 Starvation or Fuel Removal. There are three ways to achieve starvation:
 Take the fuel away from the fire
 Take the fire away from the fuel
 Reduce the quantity or bulk of the fuel
 Smothering or oxygen removal. Smothering can be achieved by:
 Allowing the fire to consume the oxygen while preventing the inward flow of more
oxygen
 Adding an insert gas to the burning mixture.
Oxygen levels can be reduced below the minimum (16%) percentage needed
for combustion by purging and rendering the atmosphere inert in closed
containers or processing systems.
 Cooling or heat source. The most common means of fire. Water is the most
effective and cheapest medium for fighting a fire.
Classification of Fire and Extinguishing Methods

 Class A or Combustible materials such as solid materials, wood, cloth, paper, and
natural fibers. Water is used in cooling to reduce the temperature of the burning
material below its ignition temperature. It is the most effective way of extinguishing
the Class A fire.
 Class B fires involve Flammable liquids, greases and gases. Foam, vaporing
liquids, carbon dioxide and dry powder can be used on Class B fires. There may
be some restrictions on the type of foam which can be used because some foam
breaks down on contact with alcohols.
 Class C fires involve energized electrical equipment. This class of fire can be
controlled by the use of non-conducting extinguishing agents. The safest
procedure is to always de-energize high voltage circuits and treat as Class A or Class
B fire depending on the fuel.
 Class D fires involve combustible metals such as magnesium, titanium, zirconium,
sodium and potassium. Water and other common extinguishing agents are ineffective
on this kind of fire because of its extremely high temperature. There is no agent
available for control of fire in each of the metals and are marked specially for that
metal.
 Class K fire or kitchen fire. Fires that involve cooking oils or fats are designated
“Class K” under the US system, and “Class F” under the European/Australian
systems. Though such fires are technically a subclass of the flammable liquid/gas
143
class, the special characteristics of these types of fires are considered important
enough to recognize separately.
Fire Extinguishers – is an active fire protection device used to extinguish or control small
fires, often in emergency situation. This is the first line of defense. Fire extinguishers are
further divided into handheld and cart-mounted, also called wheeled extinguishers.
Handheld extinguishers weigh from 0.5 to 14 kilograms (1 to 30 pounds).
And are hence, easily portable by hand. Cart-mounted units typically weigh 23+ kilograms
(50+ pounds). These wheeled models are most commonly found at contracture sites, airport
runways, heliports, as well as docks and marinas.
Portable Fire-Fighting
These are appliances designed to be carried and operated by hand. These contains
extinguishing medium which can be expelled by action of internal pressure and directed on
to a fire. The maximum mass of a portable extinguisher in working order is 23kg.
 Water. These operate on the basis of cooling and reducing the temperature within a
fire, slowing down the rate of combustion and preventing reignition from taking place.
Water is the most efficient from of extinguisher for use on Class A fires.
 Foam. Foam applied to a fire has a something effect, preventing further air from
reaching the combustion area or seat of the fire.
 Carbon dioxide. It produces a snow that is converted to gas in the fire. This has the
effect of slowing down the rate of combustion, reducing the available oxygen through
the smothering effect created.
 Dry chemical. These incorporate a specific powder mixture that interferes with the
combustion process, reducing the combustion rate until no further ignition and
reignition of the fuel can take place. They are designed for Class A and B fires.
Proper Use of Fire Extinguishers (photos taken from ontariofireextinguisher.com)
144
The parts of the Fire Extinguisher: (photos taken from pininterest.com)
Key Points:
 Fire is the result of the chemical combination of a combustible material (fuel) with
oxygen in the presence of enough heat
 Fuel, Oxygen, Heat and chemical reaction are the basic chemistry of fire.
 Classifications of fire are Class A or combustible materials, Class B or Flammable

liquids, Class C or energized electrical equipment, Class D or combustible metals
and Class K or kitchen fire.
 Fire Extinguishers are an active fire protection device used to extinguish or control
small fires, often in emergency situations. This is the first line of defense.
 P.A.S.S.= Pull the pin, aim at the fire, Squeeze the handle, Sway the nozzle side by
side.
 The purpose of fire alarm is to give an early warning of fire in vicinity.
145
SECTION 10 - 5S OF HOUSEKEEPING
The 5S, a Japanese concept that aims to optimize time for production, is a very practical,
simple and proven approach to improving housekeeping in the workplace.
Housekeeping is important because it lessens accidents and related injuries and illnesses. It
therefore improves productivity and minimizes direct/indirect costs of accidents/illnesses.
Housekeeping means putting everything in its proper place. It is everybody’s business to
observe it in the workplace.
WHAT IS 5S?
5S is a systematized approach to:
 organizing work areas
 keeping rules and standards
 maintaining discipline
5S UTILIZES:
 workplace organization
 work simplification techniques
5S PRACTICE
 develops positive attitude among workers
 cultivates an environment of efficiency, effectiveness and economy
5S PHILOSOPHY
 Productivity comes from the elimination of waste
 It is necessary to attack the root cause of a problem, not just symptoms
 Participation of everybody is required
 To acknowledge that the human being is not infallible
5S TERMS:
1. Seiri/Sort/Suriin – is the first S which means sorting out unnecessary items and
discarding them.
 Make the work easy by eliminating obstacles

 Eliminate the need to take care of unnecessary items
 Provide no chance of being disturbed with unnecessary items
 Prevent faulty operation caused by unnecessary items.
146
2. Seiton/Systematize/ Sinupin – is the second S which means we need to organize things
7 Seiton Principles:
 Follow the first-in-first-out (FIFO) method for storing items
 Assign each item a dedicated location.
 All items and their locations should be indicated by a systematic labeling
 Place items so that they are visible to minimize search time
 Place items so they can be reached or handled easily.
 Separate exclusive tools from common ones.
 Place frequently used tools near the user.
3. Seiso/Sweep/Simutin – is the third S which means we have to sanitize or clean our

workplace.
 Keep environmental condition as clean as the level necessary for the products
 Prevent deterioration of machinery and equipment and make checking of
abnormalities easy
 Keep workplace safe and work easy
147
4. Seiketsu/Standardize/Siguruhin – is the fourth S which means we have to standardize

what we are doing.
5. Shitsuke/Self- Discipline/Sariling kusa – is the fifth and last S which means we have to
do this process without prodding.
148
STEPS IN IMPLEMENTING 5S
Step 1: Preparations
a. Understanding 5S concepts and benefits by the CEO
b. CEO’s visit to the 5S model companies
c. CEO’s commitment to 5S implementation
d. Organize 5S working Committee
e. 5S facilitators
f. Train facilitators and practitioners
Step 2: Management’s official announcement

a. CEO officially announces implementation of 5S program
b. CEO explains the objectives of 5S to all colleagues
c. Publicize 5S organizational chart and lay-out
d. Work out various promotional tools
Management’s Role
 Providing adequate equipment
 Including housekeeping in the planning of all operations
 Including maintenance of good housekeeping as part of individual’s job responsibility
 Providing clean-up schedule and personnel
 Maintaining executive supervisory and interest
Supervisor’s Role
 Maintaining constant check on housekeeping conditions
 Seeing that employees maintain good housekeeping
 Having unusual situations corrected or cleaned up immediately
 Planning for orderliness in all operations
 Issuing definite instructions to employees
 Insisting on clean-up after every job
149
Worker’s Role
 Follow housekeeping procedures
 Maintain an orderly workplace
 Report to supervisors any unsafe condition
Step 3: Big clean-up day

a. Organize a big clean-up day after 5S implementation announcement by CEO
b. Divide company premises into small areas and assign a small group of people for each
area
c. Provide enough cleaning tools and materials
d. This big cleaning must include public areas such as gardens, canteen and car park
e. Everybody must participate in this big cleaning day
Step 4: Initial Seiri

a. Establish disposal standards for unnecessary items
b. Apply “Disposal Notices” to all questionable items
c. Carefully examine responses to disposal notices
d. Dispose unnecessary items according to disposal standards
e. A company-wide seiri should be planned and practiced annually
Daily Seiso and Seiton activities

a. Identify areas for improvement and work out a priority listing by colleagues
b. Select untidy, inconvenient and unsafe areas
c. Set each activity for 3-6 months
d. Organize presentations by small groups
e. Standardize good 5S practices visibly
f. Motivate colleagues for creative improvements
Hard 5S – refers to all facets of the work environment
a. Furniture – tables, shelves, drawers
b. Equipment – computers, projector, fax, copier
c. Lay-out of desk and equipment
Soft 5S
a. Office policies and procedures
b. Dress code
c. Sharing of responsibilities, telephone etiquette
Step 5: Periodic 5S audits

a. Establish 5S evaluation and incentive plan
b. Conduct 5S evaluation and inspection regularly
150
c. Organize 5S inter-department competition
d. Periodically award groups and individuals
e. Organize study tours to other companies
f. Organize 5S inter-company competition
Purpose of 5S audit
a. Turn PDCA Cycle (Plan-Do-Check-Act)
b. Analyze the results of actual implementation in the workplace
c. Give support and guidance to the members of each unit
d. Dissemination of good practices
e. Regular audit sustains the program
Key points in the implementation of 5S

1. Start small, easy and proceed slowly but steadily
2. Start with the most suitable “S”
3. Only one or two “S” are enough for the initial practice
4. Set simple, easily achievable and step by step targets
5. Everyone’s participation is important
6. Management should take leadership of 5S movement
7. Record improvements for comparison
8. Devise schemes to stimulate awareness and stimulate enthusiasm
5S Evaluation procedure
1. Walking rally – by to and middle management
2. Fixed point photograph – visual comparison of “before” and “after”
3. Achieved level of evaluation – for predetermined targets which are upgraded step-by-step
after each evaluation
4. Competition – among departments /workplaces
5. Combination of the above
Factors leading to the success of 5S

a. Strong sponsorship and leadership of CEO
b. Active promoter/5S committee
c. Good launching activity
d. Regular audits
e. Good documentation
f. Visits by external consultants
g. Competition
151
Factors that hinder the success of 5S

a. Project sponsor is not the decision maker
b. Organizational policies
c. Lack of experience in undertaking cross-functional activities
d. Lack of top management support
e. Implementation carried out through orders from the management
f. Implementation done by task forces
g. 5S treated as a project
h. Emphasis on immediate results
Notes:
Here are additional notes on good housekeeping in the workplace as well as inspection
checklists from the Canadian Center of Occupational Health and Safety (CCOHS)
Why should we pay attention to housekeeping at work?

Effective housekeeping can eliminate some workplace hazards and help get a job done
safely and properly. Poor housekeeping can frequently contribute to accidents by hiding
hazards that cause injuries. If the sight of paper, debris, clutter and spills is accepted as
normal, then other more serious health and safety hazards may be taken for granted.
Housekeeping is not just cleanliness. It includes keeping work areas neat and orderly;
maintaining halls and floors free of slip and trip hazards; and removing of waste materials
(e.g., paper, cardboard) and other fire hazards from work areas. It also requires paying
attention to important details such as the layout of the whole workplace, aisle marking, the
adequacy of storage facilities, and maintenance.
Good housekeeping is also a basic part of accident and fire prevention.
Effective housekeeping is an ongoing operation: it is not a hit-and-miss cleanup done

occasionally. Periodic "panic" cleanups are costly and ineffective in reducing accidents.
What is the purpose of workplace housekeeping?
Poor housekeeping can be a cause of accidents, such as:

 tripping over loose objects on floors, stairs and platforms
 being hit by falling objects
 slipping on greasy, wet or dirty surfaces
 striking against projecting, poorly stacked items or misplaced material
 cutting, puncturing, or tearing the skin of hands or other parts of the body on
projecting nails, wire or steel strapping
To avoid these hazards, a workplace must "maintain" order throughout a workday. Although
this effort requires a great deal of management and planning, the benefits are many.
152
What are some benefits of good housekeeping practices?
Effective housekeeping results in:

 reduced handling to ease the flow of materials
 fewer tripping and slipping accidents in clutter-free and spill-free work areas
 decreased fire hazards
 lower worker exposures to hazardous substances (e.g. dusts, vapours)
 better control of tools and materials, including inventory and supplies
 more efficient equipment cleanup and maintenance
 better hygienic conditions leading to improved health
 more effective use of space
 reduced property damage by improving preventive maintenance
 less janitorial work
 improved morale
 improved productivity (tools and materials will be easy to find)
How do I plan a good housekeeping program?

A good housekeeping program plans and manages the orderly storage and movement of
materials from point of entry to exit. It includes a material flow plan to ensure minimal
handling. The plan also ensures that work areas are not used as storage areas by having
workers move materials to and from work areas as needed. Part of the plan could include
investing in extra bins and more frequent disposal.
The costs of this investment could be offset by the elimination of repeated handling of the
same material and more effective use of the workers' time. Often, ineffective or insufficient
storage planning results in materials being handled and stored in hazardous ways. Knowing
the plant layout and the movement of materials throughout the workplace can help plan
work procedures.
Worker training is an essential part of any good housekeeping program. Workers need to
know how to work safely with the products they use. They also need to know how to protect
other workers such as by posting signs (e.g., "Wet - Slippery Floor") and reporting any
unusual conditions.
Housekeeping order is "maintained" not "achieved." Cleaning and organization must be

done regularly, not just at the end of the shift. Integrating housekeeping into jobs can help
ensure this is done. A good housekeeping program identifies and assigns responsibilities for
the following:
 clean up during the shift
 day-to-day cleanup
 waste disposal
 removal of unused materials
 inspection to ensure cleanup is complete
Do not forget out-of-the-way places such as shelves, basements, sheds, and boiler rooms
that would otherwise be overlooked. The orderly arrangement of operations, tools,
equipment and supplies is an important part of a good housekeeping program. The final
153
addition to any housekeeping program is inspection. It is the only way to check for
deficiencies in the program so that changes can be made.
The documents on workplace inspection checklists provide a general guide and examples of
checklists for inspecting offices and manufacturing facilities.
What are the elements of an effective housekeeping program?
Dust and Dirt Removal

In some jobs, enclosures and exhaust ventilation systems may fail to collect dust, dirt and
chips adequately. Vacuum cleaners are suitable for removing light dust and dirt. Industrial
models have special fittings for cleaning walls, ceilings, ledges, machinery, and other hard-
to-reach places where dust and dirt may accumulate.
Special-purpose vacuums are useful for removing hazardous substances. For example,
vacuum cleaners fitted with HEPA (high efficiency particulate air) filters may be used to
capture fine particles of asbestos or fiberglass.
Dampening (wetting) floors or using sweeping compounds before sweeping reduces the
amount of airborne dust. The dust and grime that collect in places like shelves, piping,
conduits, light fixtures, reflectors, windows, cupboards and lockers may require manual
cleaning.
Compressed air should not be used for removing dust, dirt or chips from equipment or
work surfaces
Workplace Good Housekeeping

Benefits of Good Housekeeping
 Eliminate accident and fire hazards
 Maintains safe and healthy work conditions
 Saves time, money, materials, space and effort
 Improves productivity and quality of work
 Boosts morale
 Reflects a well-run organization
Planning a Good Housekeeping Program (5S)

 5S is a tool that represents the basic principles of housekeeping and workplace
organization. It is more than cleaning and painting. It is a disciplines approach to
keep the workplace efficient and effective.
 Benefit of 5:
 Increase productivity and efficiency
 Improve quality
 Reduce manufacturing costs
 Ensure on-time delivery
 Provide a safe working environment
154
 High morale. Employees feel good in their second home. Improve company
image.
5S of Good Housekeeping
 For a 5S Housekeeping Program to be Effective:
 Management commitment and employee support
 Housekeeping & 5S policy program and procedures.
155
SECTION 11 – PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
On the chance that a danger is distinguished in a working environment, each exertion ought
to be made to remove it so that all employees are not hurt in anyway. One way of lessening
or controlling danger is to separate the method, which is re-designing it by engineering
control.
The second is to control the hazard by administrative control, like increased breaks, shifting,
so on.
If the two controls of hazards cannot be done, the use of Personal Protective Equipment or
PPE is necessary.
PPE usage is considered the last resort. PPE can provide added protection to the employee
but will not eliminate the hazard.
Limitation of PPE
 Only protects the person wearing the equipment not others nearby
 Relies on people wearing the equipment at all times
 Must be used properly
 Must be replaced when it no longer offers the correct level of protection. This is
required when respiratory protection is used.
Benefits of PPE
 It gives immediate protection to allow a job to continue while engineering controls are
put in place.
 In an emergency it can be the only practicable way of effecting rescue or shutting
down plant in hazardous atmosphere, which are, for example, enriched with oxygen
or explosive
Option for Control

 Risk Evaluation
 Hazards Identification
 Choice of control options
 Determination of control needs
Role of Management
 Development of PPE program
 Implementation
 Evaluation based on guidelines, standards
156
 Revision, refinement
 Acceptable level of expose
 Standards
 Accurate measurement
 Variations in concentration of contaminant
 Overall level of risk to the worker
Risk Evaluation
 What particular job
 Nature and degree of exposure
 Magnitude of exposure
 Increased level of exposure
 Length of exposure
 Frequency of exposure occurrence
 Related circumstances
 Result of exposure
 Local or systemic effect
 Short- or long-term effect
 Reversibility or otherwise
Management of PPE programs

 Ultimate responsibility of a PPE Program rests at Management level
 It should be supported by a written procedure an controlled by a responsible person.
Hazard identification
 Agent
 Physical characteristic
 Route of entry
 Effect from exposure
Control Options selected should:

 Reduce individual exposure to an acceptable level
 Be acceptable to the potentially exposed workforce
 Be practicable in terms of engineering concepts.
157
PPE Program is composed of the following elements:
1. Selection
 To be done by a suitably trained person with adequate information of the task,
hazards, personnel, materials, etc.
2. Fitting
 When first issued, the user should also be trained to check the fit whenever the
equipment is used.
 Ensured an adequate fit under supervision
3. Health Aspects
 Use of PPE can have an impact on an employee’s health (e.g. skin irritation, heat
stress)
 A number of medical conditions may make it difficult to use certain equipment
4. Compatibility
 If more than one type of PPE is required to be worn simultaneously, then the
harmony of the Individual items need to be evaluated.
 The PPE also needs to be compatible with the task involved
5. Issue
 Provision should be made to control the issue of PPE to employees, remembering
that several types of equipment may be available.
 PPE should be issued on a personal basis to individual employees. Apart from
hygiene considerations, employees are then more willing to accept responsibility for
the care and maintenance of the equipment.
 A system requiring employees to sign for certain types of equipment is recommended
and can provide another check on the use of correct equipment.
6. Proper Use
 PPE is effective of worn properly for the appropriate task
 Use of PPE by Supervisor encourages employees & enforces PPE program
equipment that can provide complete protection, but which is not properly used. May
provide no protection at all
 Employees should be prevented from taking used PPE for domestic purposes.
7. Maintenance (Cleaning and Storage)
 Depending on type of equipment used. Procedures need to be established for its
cleaning and maintenance when necessary
 Exempted here are single use (disposable) items
 Occupational, during use, PPE may become contaminated with toxic materials.
provision should be made to prevent contamination with other areas of the workplace
or employees engaged in cleaning or maintenance activities.
 Respirators can be placed in suitably labeled containers until sent for cleaning.
8. Disposal
158
 Used PPE can be contaminated with toxic agents and disposal procedures need
careful consideration. Depending on the circumstances, equipment may need to be
treated as toxic waste.
9. Information and Training
 Employees have to be given sufficient information and proper training about the
hazards associated with their jobs to enable them to work safely with minimal risk to
health.
 Employees who are fully aware of the hazards and the need for protection will be
readier to accept such difficulties and use the equipment
 Supervisors should be alert to any changes in the requirements of the job and any
limitations placed on the employee by the. PPE. Ensuring that appropriate feedback
is given to the safety Advisers, Occupational Health Personnel or Hygienist
10. Supervision
 A PPE program is unlikely to be successful unless the first line supervisory personnel
are knowledgeable and held accountable for effective use of PPE
 Supervisors must set an example by wearing PPE as appropriate and ensure its use
by others as required
11. Reviews
 Periodic evaluation to confirm that the agreed procedures are appropriate and being
followed.
 Formal audit carried out by a third party with specialist advisers.
12. Checklist
 To ensure use of properly fitted, effective PPE for specific jobs
 It must be remembered that PPE is the last line of defense, hence, its effectiveness
may be crucial to the health of the workers.
Controlling Hazards
To develop an effective PPE program, the supervisor should:
 Be familiar with required standards and requirements of government regulations.
 Be able to identify hazards
 Be familiar with the safety equipment on the market to protect specific hazards
 Know the company procedures for maintaining the equipment
 Develop an effective method for convincing employees to dress safety and wear the
proper protective equipment
 Review all material safety data sheets (MSDS) that require personnel protective
equipment for protection against hazardous chemicals and materials
 Consider establishing an industrial hygiene evaluation procedure to determine
whether PPE is needed to meet MSDS requirement.
159
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and their Classifications
 Head Protection
 Face Protection
 Helmets
 Shields and Goggles
 Hoods
 Eye Protection
 Contact Lenses
 Goggles
 Ear Protection
 Earplug
 Muff Devices
 Respiratory Protection
 Air Purifying Devices
 Mechanical Fitter Respirators
 Gas Masks
 Hose Masks
 Air Supplied Respirators
 Abrasive Blasting Helmets
 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
For Arm, Hands, Fingers Protection

 Heat Resistant Gloves – used to protect against burns and discomfort when the hands
are exposed to sustained conductive heat.
 Metal Mesh Gloves – used by those who work constantly with knives to protect against
cuts and blows from sharp or rough object.
 Rubber Gloves – Worn by electricians
 Rubber, Neoprene and Vinyl Gloves – are used when handling chemicals and
corrosive.
 Leather Gloves – are able to resist sparks, moderate heat, chips and rough objects.
 Chrome Tamed Cowhide Leather Gloves – used in foundries and steel mills.
 Cotton Fabric Gloves – are suitable for protection against dirt, silvers, chafing or
abrasion.
 Heated Gloves – are designed for use in cold environments such as deep freezers and
can be part of a heated-clothing system.
160
For Feet, Legs Protection
 Metal Free shoes, boots and other footwear – are available for use where there
are specific electrical hazards or fire explosion hazards.
 Congress or gaiter-type shoes – are used to protect people from splashes of
molten metal or from welding sparks.
 Reinforced or inner soles of flexible metal – are built into shoes worn in areas
where there are hazards from protruding nails and when the likelihood of contact
with energized electrical equipment is remote, as in the construction industry.
 For wet work – leather shoes with wood soles or wood soled sandals are
effective
 Safety Shoes with Metatarsal Guards
 Leg Protection – Encircle the leg from ankle to knee and have a flap at the
bottom to protect the instep and the entire leg.
Two (2) types of Head Protection

Hardhat (photos taken form constructionequipment.com)
Provides protection from impact and penetration caused by objects hitting the head, and
from limited electrical shock or burns.
161
Bump Cap (photos taken form edisastersystem.com)

Provides protection from minor bumps, bruises and lacerations in work settings where hard
hat protection is not required.
How Hard Hat Protect You

 Shell – resists and deflects blows to the head
 Suspension – acts as a shock absorber
 Non-Conducting Material – Serve as an insulator against electrical shocks
Major Parts of a HARD HAT (photos taken form alibaba.com)
 Shell
Provides a barrier between the head and the blow
 Suspension System
A strap assembly that acts as a shock absorber the force of a blow (normally one inch)
162
Hard Hat Shell

1. Class E (Electrical) -tested at 20,000 volts
2. Class G (General) -tested at 2,200 volts
3. Class C (Conductive) -no protection from electrical conductors
Hard Hat Suspension
4-point suspension 6-point suspension
Types of Eye & Face Protection

1. Spectacles (photos taken from hsesolutions.co.za)
 Interested to shield the wearer’s eyes from a variety of hazard
163
Goggles (photos taken from safetyglassusa.com)

 Intended to fit the face immediately surrounding the eyes
 Aside from impact/flying particles, it also protects the worker from liquid droplets,
gases & vapors.
Face Shield (photos taken from globalspec.com)

 Face shield is used when the entire face area needs protection. Worn over
goggles for extra protection
164
Types of Hearing Protectors:

 Earplugs (photos taken from ph.rs-online.com)
a. Foam type (Disposable) b. Formable (Reusable) c. Semi-Aural
 Earmuffs (photos taken from safetysupplies.co.ug )
a. Head Band b. Neck

c. Hard Hat Mounted
Two Types of Respirators
For Oxygen Deficient Atmosphere

Supplied Air Respirator (SAR) – provides fresh air from a remote source to the breathing
area.
For Contaminated Air

Air Purifying Respirator (APR) – removes contaminates before reaching breathing zone,
either trap particulates or neutralize or absorb gases and vapors
I. Disposable Type (photos taken from applesafety.com)
165
A. Foam Type B. Polypropylene
II. Cartridge Type (photos taken from outdoorindustry.com)
Things to Ponder:
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) usage is considered the last resort
 PPE can provide added protection to the employee but will not eliminate the hazard
 Limitations of PPE: Only protects the person wearing the equipment not others nearby.
Relies on people wearing the equipment at all times. Must be used properly. must be
replaced when it no longer offers the correct level of protection. This is required when
respiratory protection is used.
166
SECTION 12 – JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS (JHA)
Job Hazard Analysis is one of the safety administrations tools that can be utilized to
characterize and control the risks related with a certain procedure, work or approach. Job
hazard analysis could be a term utilized traded with task safety examination and hazard
evaluation. The reason of a JHA is to guarantee that the hazard of each step of a task is
moderated to ALARP (As Low as Reasonably Practicable)
A few sorts of hazard examination ought to be performed in each work. For schedule
assignment consider employing a standard working method, a set of standing orders that
control the known risks. For assignments that are complex, unusual, and troublesome,
required the interaction of numerous individuals or frameworks or include new devices or
strategies, a JHA ought to be performed.
JHA ought to be made by the work performing group delegated for the assignment. In some
cases, it is convenient to survey a JHA that has been arranged when the same assignment
has been performed recently but the work group must take extraordinary care to audit all of
the steps completely to guarantee that they are controlling all of the dangers for this work
this time. The JHA is a rule completed on a form document.
Uses of JHA:
 Create/ improve SOP’S
 Guide in observing employee performance
 Accident investigation
 Safety inspection
Establishing priorities are based on the following criteria:

 High frequency of accident or near- misses
 History of serious accident or fatalities
 Potential for serious harm
 New jobs
 Changes in procedures and standards
Selecting a JHA team:

 Involving others in the process reduces the possibility or overlooking an individual
job step or potential hazard
 It increases the likelihood of identifying the most appropriate measures of
eliminating controlling the hazards.
167
An affective JHA team usually includes:
 The supervisor
 The employee most familiar with how the job is done and its related hazards
 Other employees who perform the job
 Expert or specialist when necessary, such as safety officer, maintenance
personnel, Occupational hygienist, ergonomists, or design engineers.
Sample of Job Hazard Analysis;
Steps Hazard Control

1) Prepare Surface Hand Arm Vibration Wear thick gloves
Using Electric Wire Syndrome
Brush Use vibrating tool no more than 20
Paint dust possibly minutes at a time and-for no more than
(2) Paint Handrails Containing lead 2 hours a shift
Wear an organic vapor mask when
(3) Housekeeping Slips trips and falls disturbing old paint.
Wear disposable coveralls.
Sunburn to adjacent
Wash hands thoroughly before eating or
surfaces from thinners
smoking.
paint exposure to
fumes from thinners Through housekeeping.
Paint in eyes Route all electrical cables sensibly to
keep walkways and stairs free of
Fire hazards.
Wear broad brim and SPF 40+ sun
Slip and trip hazard block
Use drop sheets
if poorly ventilated, use p3 organic
vapor mask
Wear safely goggles when working
above shoulder height. Safety glasses
at other times
Keep containers of thinners and
flammable solvents closed properly and
stored in a cool place away from
sources of sparks
Remove waste to bin, tools to store,
ensure barriers and signs are in place to
denote wet paint.
168
Accident can occur when:
 Work is performed Incorrectly
 Worker use hazardous materials
 Work Under hazardous conditions
Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) Procedure

1. List/ enumerate basic job steps necessary to perform the job from start to finish
2. Identify every existing or potential hazards associated with each job step.
3. Develop recommendations for ways to eliminated, or control each hazard
Note: it is best to complete JHA forms one at a time.
1. Identifying Basic Job Steps

The purpose of JHA is to identify hazards associated with a job and to make
recommendations for ways to eliminate or control these hazards. Describing job steps in
term of what they are supposed to accomplish provides maximum opportunity to explore
alternative ways of performing the job in a safer, healthier manner.
Most common errors:
 Describing the job in too much detail
 Describing the job in too little detail
Solution:
 List steps only those tasks that would be described to someone being trained to
perform the job.
2. Determine the hazards

Identify all of the existing or potential actions or conditions that could lead to an injury or
illness, or harm to the environment. To make sure each step is examined thoroughly
consider the following:
 Hazard guide:
 The physical actions required for that specific step
 The Materials used
 The equipment used
 The conditions under which the step is normally performed
 Physical action:
 Force (weight)
 Frequency (repetition)
 Posture (Prolonged)
 Position (distance)
169
 Equipment
 Mechanical hazard
 Electrical hazard
 Conditions
 Noisy environment
 Temperature extremes
 Vibration present
 Poor or high Illumination
 Pressure (Atmospheric force)
 Prolonged hours
3. Recommending Corrective Measures:

 Should be developed at the job site whenever possible
 Should be Developed in sequence, beginning with the first hazard
 Must be specific
Correcting the hazards

 Administrative control
 PPE
 Engineering control
 Physical action
 Modifying/Rearranging/Combining action
 Change the process
 Use of PPE
 Material
 Substitution of material
 Machine guarding or safe guarding
 Limit employee exposure
 Use of PPE
 Equipment
 Installation of machine
 Use of automatic safeguard devices
 Replacement of a particular piece of equipment
 Training, experience, skills
 Use of PPE should also be considered
170
Uses of a Job Hazard Analysis

1. Develop / Improve SOP’s – to constantly improve/develop written procedures to
perform the job in the safest & healthiest way possible.
2. Employee Training
 Ensuring that each job step is performed safety & efficiently
 To point out particular job steps/hazards that requires special precautions.
 Refresher training (infrequent jobs)
 Increase awareness on hazards
3. Employee Observations
4. Guide in employee performance observations
5. Allows supervisors to focus on especially hazardous steps
6. Ensures employee is performing steps according to SOP
7. Inspections – when developing inspection checklists, supervisors can use JHA’s to help
identify hazardous conditions that may need to be included.
8. Accident Investigations
9. To determine if the job was being performed incorrectly
10. To tell if a hazard was overlooked in the initial analysis.
Key Points:
 Job hazard analysis (JHA) is one of the safety management tools that can be
used to define and control the hazards associated with a certain process, job or
procedure.
 Should be created by the work group performing the task. Sometimes it is
expedient to review a JHA that has been prepared when the same task has been
performed before but the work group must take special care to review all of the
steps thoroughly to ensure that are controlling all of the hazards for this job this
time.
 JHA increase the likelihood of identifying the most appropriate measures of
eliminating or controlling the hazards.
 To make sure that each step is examined thoroughly, consider the following:
Physical actions, materials and equipment used, and the working conditions.
 Uses of a Job Hazard Analysis: Develop/ Implement SOP’s, Employee Training,
Employee Observations, Inspections, and Accident Investigations
Job hazard analysis is a term used interchangeably with job safety analysis and risk
assessment.
171
WHAT IS A RISK ASSESSMENT?
Risk assessment is the process where you:
1. Identify hazards.
2. Analyze or evaluate the risk associated with that hazard.
3. Determine appropriate ways to eliminate or control the hazard.
In practical terms, a risk assessment is a thorough look at your workplace to identify those
things, situations, processes, etc. that may cause harm, particularly to people. After
identification is made, you evaluate how likely and severe the risk is, and then decide what
measures should be in place to effectively prevent or control the harm from happening.
WHY IS RISK ASSESSMENT IMPORTANT?

Risk assessments are very important as they form an integral part of a good occupational
health and safety management plan. They help to:
1. Create awareness of hazards and risks.
2. Identify who may be at risk (employees, cleaners, visitors, contractors, the public,
etc.).
3. Determine if existing control measures are adequate or if more should be done.
4. Prevent injuries or illnesses when done at the design or planning stage.
5. Prioritize hazards and control measures.
WHAT IS THE GOAL OF RISK ASSESSMENT?

The aim of the risk assessment process is to remove a hazard or reduce the level of its risk
by adding precautions or control measures, as necessary. By doing so, you have created a
safer and healthier workplace.
HOW DO YOU DO A RISK ASSESSMENT?

Assessments should be done by a competent team of individuals who have a good working
knowledge of the workplace. Staff should be involved always include supervisors and
workers who work with the process under review as they are the most familiar with the
operation.
In general, to do an assessment, you should:

1. Identify hazards.
2. Evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring, and its severity.
3. Consider normal operational situations as well as non-standard events such as
shutdowns, power outages, emergencies, etc.
4. Review all available health and safety information about the hazard such as MSDSs,
manufacturers literature, information from reputable organizations, results of testing,
etc.
5. Identify actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk.
172
6. Monitor and evaluate to confirm the risk is controlled.
7. Keep any documentation or records that may be necessary. Documentation may
include detailing the process used to assess the risk, outlining any evaluations, or
detailing how conclusions were made.
WHEN DOING AN ASSESSMENT, YOU MUST TAKE INTO ACCOUNT?

1. The methods and procedures used in the processing, use, handling or storage of the
substance, etc.
2. The actual and the potential exposure of workers.
3. The measures and procedures necessary to control such exposure by means of
engineering controls, work practices, and hygiene practices and facilities.
4. By determining the level of risk associated with the hazard, the employer and the joint
health and safety committee can decide whether a control program is required.
5. It is important to remember that the assessment must take into account not only the
current state of the workplace but any potential situations as well.
HOW ARE THE HAZARDS IDENTIFIED?

Overall, the goal is to find and record possible hazards that may be present in your
workplace. As mentioned, it may help to work as a team and include both people familiar
with the work area, as well as people who are not – this way you have both the
"experienced" and "fresh" eye to conduct the inspection.
To be sure that all hazards are found:

1. Look at all aspects of the work.
2. Include non-routine activities such as maintenance, repair, or cleaning.
3. Look at accident / incident / near-miss records.
4. Include people who work "off-site" either at home, on other job sites, drivers,
teleworkers, with clients, etc.
5. Look at the way the work is organized or "done" (include experience and age of
people doing the work, systems being used, etc.).
6. Look at foreseeable unusual conditions (for example: possible impact on hazard
control procedures that may be unavailable in an emergency situation, power outage,
etc.).
7. Examine risks to visitors or the public.
8. Include an assessment of groups that may have a different level of risk such as
young or inexperienced workers, persons with disabilities, or new or expectant
mothers.
173
It may help to create a chart or table such as the following:
Example of Risk Assessment
Task Hazard Risk Priority Control

Delivering Drivers work alone May be unable to call for help if needed
product to Drivers have to occasionally work
customers Fatigue, short rest time between shifts
long hours
Drivers are often in very Increased chance of collision

congested traffic Longer working hours
Drivers have to lift boxes when Injury to back from lifting, reaching,
delivering product carrying, etc.
HOW DO YOU KNOW IF THE HAZARD IS SERIOUS (POSES A RISK)?

Each hazard should be studied to determine its' level of risk. To research the hazard, you
can look at:
 Product information / manufacturer documentation.
 Past experience (workers, etc.).
 Legislated requirements and/or applicable standards.
 Industry codes of practice / best practices.
 Health and safety material about the hazard such as material safety data
sheets (MSDSs), or other manufacturer information.
 Information from reputable organizations.
 Results of testing (atmospheric, air sampling of workplace, biological, etc).
 The expertise of an occupational health and safety professional.
 Information about previous injuries, illnesses, "near misses", accident reports,
etc.
Remember to include factors that contribute to the level of risk such as:
 The work environment (layout, condition, etc.).
 The capability, skill, experience of workers who do the work.
 The systems of work being used.
 The range of foreseeable conditions.
HOW DO YOU RANK OR PRIORITIZE THE RISKS?

Ranking or prioritizing hazards is one way to help determine which hazard is the most
serious and thus which hazard to control first. Priority is usually established by taking into
account the employee exposure and the potential for accident, injury or illness.
By assigning a priority to the hazards, you are creating a ranking or an action list. The
following factors play an important role:
 Percentage of workforce exposed.

174
 Frequency of exposure.
 Degree of harm likely to result from the exposure.
 Probability of occurrence.
There is no one simple or single way to determine the level of risk. Ranking hazards
requires the knowledge of the workplace activities, urgency of situations, and most
importantly, objective judgement.
WHAT OPTIONS EXIST TO RANK OR PRIORITIZE RISKS?

One option is to use a table similar to the following as established by the British Standards
Organization:
Note: These categorizations and the resulting asymmetry of the matrix arise from the
examples of harm and likelihood illustrated within the British Standard. Organizations should
adjust the design and size of the matrix to suit their needs.
DEFINITIONS FOR LIKELIHOOD OF HARM

Very Likely – Typically experienced at least once every six months by an individual.
Likely – Typically experienced once every five years by an individual.
Unlikely – Typically experienced once during the working lifetime of an individual.
Very unlikely – Less than 1% chance of being experienced by an individual during their
working lifetime.
DEFINITIONS FOR SEVERITY OF HARM

Potential severity of harm – When establishing potential severity of harm, information
about the relevant work activity should be considered, together with:
a) Part(s) of the body likely to be affected.
b) Nature of the harm, ranging from slight to extremely harmful:
1. slightly harmful (e.g., superficial injuries; minor cuts and bruises; eye irritation from
dust; nuisance and irritation; ill-health leading to temporary discomfort)
2. harmful (e.g., lacerations; burns; concussion; serious sprains; minor fractures;
deafness; dermatitis; asthma; work-related upper limb disorders; ill-health)
3. extremely harmful (e.g., amputations; major fractures; poisonings; multiple injuries;
fatal injuries; occupational cancer; other severely life shortening diseases; acute fatal
diseases)
175
DEFINITION FOR RISK LEVEL
Tolerability Guidance on necessary action and timescale:
Very low – These risks are considered acceptable. No further action is necessary other
than to ensure that the controls are maintained.
Low – No additional controls are required unless they can be implemented at very low
cost (in terms of time, money, and effort). Actions to further reduce these risks are
assigned low priority. Arrangements should be made to ensure that the controls are
maintained.
Medium – Consideration should be as to whether the risks can be lowered, where

applicable, to a tolerable level and preferably to an acceptable level, but the costs of
additional risk reduction measures should be taken into account. The risk reduction
measures should be implemented within a defined time period. Arrangements should be
made to ensure that controls are maintained, particularly if the risk levels area associated
with harmful consequences.
High – Substantial efforts should be made to reduce the risk. Risk reduction measures
should be implemented urgently within a defined time period and it might be necessary to
consider suspending or restricting the activity, or to apply interim risk control measures,
until this has been completed. Considerable resources might have to be allocated to
additional control measures. Arrangements should be made to ensure that controls are
maintained, particularly if the risk levels are associated with extremely harmful
consequences and very harmful consequences.
Very high – This risk is unacceptable. Substantial improvements in risk control measures
are necessary so that the risk is reduced to a tolerable or acceptable level. The work
activity should be halted until risk controls are implemented that reduces the risk so that it
is no longer very high. If it is not possible to reduce the risk, the work should remain
prohibited.
Note: Where the risk is associated with extremely harmful consequences, further
assessment is necessary to increase confidence in the likelihood of harm.
Hazard Control Strategy: A Sample Worksheet
% Employees Frequency of
Hazard Hazard Potential Priority Priority Rank
Affected Occurrence
Ergonomics 60 H H 60-HH 1 (?)
Back pain 80 H H 80-HH 2 (?)
Noise 30 L H 30-LH 3
Heat 50 L L 50-LL 5
Lasers 2 L H 2-HL 4
H = High, L = Low
* From: https://www.ccohs.ca/products/publications/pdf/samples/committees.pdf
176
Or, Table below, where 1 = extremely important to do something as soon as possible, 6 =

hazard may not need immediate attention.
Example of Hazard Priority Setting
Very likely - could Unlikely - could Very unlikely - could
Likely - could
happen at any happen but very happen but probably
happen sometime
time rarely never will>
Kill or cause
permanent disability or 1 1 2 3
ill health
Long term illness or
1 2 3 4
serious injury
Medical attention and
2 3 4 5
several days off work
First aid needed 3 4 5 6
https://www.newcastle.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0017/82061/hazpak_making_your_workplace_s
afer_guide_0228.pdf
WHAT ARE METHODS OF HAZARD CONTROL?

Once you have established your top priorities, you can decide on ways to control each
specific hazard. Hazard control methods are often grouped into the following categories:
 Elimination (including substitution).
 Engineering controls.
 Administrative controls.
 Personal protective equipment.
WHY IS IT IMPORTANT TO REVIEW AND MONITOR YOUR ASSESSMENT?

It is important to know if your risk assessment was complete and accurate. It is also
essential to be sure that changes in the workplace have not introduced new hazards or
changed hazards that were once ranked as lower priority to a higher priority.
It is good practice to review your assessment on a regular basis to be sure that nothing has
changed and that your control methods are effective. Triggers for a review can also include:
 The start of a new project.
 A change in the work process or flow.
 A change or addition to tools, equipment, machinery (including locations or the
way they are used).
 New employees.
 Moving to a new building or work area.
 Introduction of new chemicals or substances.
 When new information becomes available about a current product.
177
WHAT DOCUMENTATION SHOULD BE DONE FOR A RISK ASSESSMENT?
Keeping records of your assessment and any control actions taken is very important. You
may be required to store assessments for a specific number of years. Check for local
requirements in your jurisdiction.
The level of documentation or record keeping will depend on:

 Level of risk involved.
 Legislated requirements.
 Requirements of any management systems that may be in place.
Your records should show that you:

 Conducted a good hazard review.
 Determined the risks of those hazards.
 Implemented control measures suitable for the risk.
 Reviewed and monitored all hazards in the workplace.
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION, RISK ASSESSMENT AND CONTROL (HIRAC)

1. Selection
The first step of the HIRAC review is to select an area, task or activity. Priority should be
given to areas, tasks or activities thought to present special risks, based on:
 past experience (e.g. accidents, near-misses, complaints)
 concerns expressed by staff
 requirements of legislation or University policies and procedures (e.g. workplace
changes)
 requests from the various Health and Safety Teams, etc.
2. Hazard Identification
Hazards can be grouped under various categories, as listed below. The items listed under
each category are provided as examples.
Bio-mechanical and Postural

 Repetitive or sustained postures, movements or forces as listed below for more than
thirty minutes at a time, or for more than two hours over a workday
- Excessive bending or twisting of back or neck in any direction
- Working with hand(s) above shoulders
- Reaching to front/side more than30cm from body
- Reaching behind body
- Squatting, kneeling, crawling, semi lying or jumping
- Standing with most of body weight on one leg
178
- Twisting, turning, grabbing, picking or wringing actions with fingers, hands or arms
- Working with fingers close together or wide apart
- Very fast movements
- Excessive bending of wrist(s)
- Carrying with one hand or one side of the body
- Pushing, pulling, dragging, holding or restraining
 High force actions as listed below
- Lifting, lowering or carrying heavy loads
- Applying uneven, fast or jerky forces
- Sudden/unexpected forces
- Pushing/pulling objects hard to move or stop
- Awkward grips
- Throwing, catching, hitting, kicking or jumping
- Holding, restraining or supporting person, animal or heavy object
Physical Environment and Workplace Design

 Poor housekeeping, uncontained spillages or wastes
 Uneven or slippery work surfaces
 Obstacles in passageways, near equipment, risk of collision with stationary
objects, etc.
 Inadequate work platforms, stairs, ladders, guardrails, harnesses, etc., for work at
height
 Personnel access within two metres of edge of roof, high place of work, etc.
 Unprotected openings or gaps in walkways and platforms
 Poor lighting
 Exposure to harmful noise levels
 Confusing or inadequate labelling of controls
 Mismatch between plant, workplace, office workstation design, activity or task and
user physical characteristics (height, strength, speed, mobility, fitness, etc.)
 Body parts coming in contact with hot components during testing, inspection,
operation, maintenance, cleaning or repair
 Exposure to camp fires and hot items from fires
 Fall or collapse of ground, materials, plant, structures, etc.
 Exposure to extremely cold materials or components (e.g. dry ice)
 Exposure to radiation (ionizing and non-ionizing, lasers)
 Entry into cool rooms
179
Mechanical
 Hair, clothing, jewelry, rags, etc., liable to become entangled in moving
components
 Uncontrolled or unexpected movement of machinery, components, work pieces,
vehicles or loads
 Inability to slow, stop or immobilize machines, vehicles
 Body parts coming in contact with moving, sharp, hot, or "live" components during
testing, inspection, operation, maintenance, cleaning or repair
 Possibility of traffic accident
 Persons or body parts trapped or sheared between moving component and fixed
plant, materials or structures
 Persons pushed, pulled or thrown off plant, structures
 Machines, components, or materials disintegrating (e.g. grinding wheels)
 Persons being injured by damaged, poorly maintained or unguarded equipment
(including electrical components)
 Components, work pieces, fluids, etc., being ejected
Electrical
 Contact with "live" components during testing, inspection, operation, maintenance,
cleaning or repair
 Contact with overhead power lines
 Contact with underground power cables
 Explosion or ignition of electrical components, etc.
 Unauthorized access to electrical services, switchboards, controls, etc.
Chemicals and Toxicity

 Explosion or ignition of gases, vapors, liquids, dusts, etc.
 Exposure to toxic concentrations of chemicals (skin, inhalation, ingestion, etc.)
 Exposure to oxygen-depleted atmospheres
 Damage to gas lines, compressed gas cylinders,
Biological and Human

 Exposure to venomous or dangerous animals
 Exposure to toxic natural substances (plant, mushrooms, gases, etc.)
 Exposure to (potentially) infectious substances
 Accidental collision with another person
 Assault by another person (Note: where workplace violence is being reviewed,
special risk assessment forms should be used.
180
Organizational and Procedural Arrangements
 Insufficient first-aid equipment or trained personnel
 Insufficient evacuation, emergency or rescue planning and facilities
 Access to hazardous equipment by unauthorized or untrained people
 Insufficient job rotation, rest breaks
 Inappropriate, insufficient or poorly maintained personal protective equipment
Psycho-social Environment and Task Design

 Insufficient consideration given to the probability of human error and its
consequences
 Lack of clarity in work roles of employee(s)
 Lack of control or recognition in work roles of employees
 Mismatch between task demands and workers'/people's behavior or capabilities
 Insufficient consideration given to consultation prior to workplace changes
Natural Environment
 Drowning
 Bushfires
 Persons becoming lost or ill in remote locations
 Possibility of being engulfed in loose or crumbling ground
 Exposure to extreme environmental conditions (hot, cold, dry, wet, snowy, stormy,
etc.)
 Possibility of tree limbs falling
 Lightning in exposed locations
3. Risk Assessment
Risk assessments are based on two key factors:
 the severity of any injury/illness resulting from the hazard, and
 the likelihood that the injury/illness
181
4. Risk Control
Urgent action is required for risks assessed as Extreme. The actions required may include:
 instructions for the immediate end of the work, process, activity, etc.
 isolation of the hazard until more permanent measures can be implemented.
Actions taken to address an Extreme risk must be documented. Documented control plans
with responsibilities and completion dates are required for High and Medium risks.
The risk control hierarchy ranks risk control measures in decreasing order of effectiveness.
Risk control measures should always aim as high in the list as practicable. Control of any
given risk generally involves a number of measures drawn from the various options (except
if the hazard is eliminated).
RISK CONTROL HIERARCHY:

1. Elimination of hazard: examples include the proper disposal of redundant items of
equipment that contain substances such as asbestos or PCBs, the removal of excess
quantities of chemical accumulated over time in a laboratory, etc. The elimination of
hazards is 100% effective.
2. Substitution of hazard: examples include the replacement of solvent-based printing
inks with water-based ones, of asbestos insulation or fire-proofing with synthetic
fibers or rockwool, the use of titanium dioxide white pigment instead of lead white,
etc. The effectiveness of substitution is wholly dependent on the choice of
replacement.
3. Engineering controls: examples include the installation of machine guards on
hazardous equipment, the provision of local exhaust ventilation over a process area
releasing noxious fumes, fitting a muffler on a noisy exhaust pipe, etc.
4. Administrative controls: include training and education, job rotation to share the load
created by demanding tasks, planning, scheduling certain jobs outside normal
working hours to reduce general exposure (e.g. planning demolition and building
works during summer recess), early reporting of signs and symptoms, instructions
and warnings, etc. Administrative control measures typically require significant
resources to be maintained over long periods of time for continuing levels of
effectiveness.
5. Personal protective equipment (PPE): includes safety glasses and goggles, earmuffs
and earplugs, hard hats, toe-capped footwear, gloves, respiratory protection, aprons,
etc. Research has shown that the effectiveness of personal protective equipment in
realistic work situations is quite low. PPE is therefore best seen as a “last line of
defense” against hazards to be used in conjunction with other risk control measures.
Source:
 https://federation.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/155461/HIRAC_Guideline.pdf
 https://www.ilo.org/legacy/english/protection/safework/worldday/facts_eng.pdf
182
SECTION 13 – EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

The potential for crises and fiasco to happen at all plant and offices, undeniably at domestic
can be destroying in terms of casualties, business disturbances, misfortune of capital funds,
etc. these occasions cannot be maintained a strategic distance from but the administration
can diminish their recurrence of event and seriousness of harm when successful planning
and arranging is done. No matter how committed a company may be in terms of work-
related safety and wellbeing program usage, the likelihood of a crisis may emerge at the
slightest anticipated times. This module will offer assistance to workers to create choices
and take fitting activities to keep a casualty lively, keep injury getting to be more awful and
how get ready in case of a crisis.
Crisis may be a sudden, unforeseen occasion requesting a quick activity, be that as it may,
a fiasco is a greatly genuine state of crisis where the likelihood of misfortune of life. Serious
harm or broad harm to property exists. Crisis planning includes the improvement of a
particular arrangement of elements action/s to be taken by trained work force amid an crisis
in an exertion to effectively control it and minimize its negative affect.
Disaster
Sudden, calamitous occasion bringing wide spread harm or enduring, misfortune of
devastation and incredible incident, frequently arriving without admonishing.
Design plans
Will provide established procedures and guidelines for the management and staff to follow in
the event of disaster.
 Communications
 General Emergencies
 Natural Emergencies
 Man-made Emergencies
 Consideration for Emergencies
 Disaster Recovery
Response Plan Provide Guidelines

 Protect lives and properties
 Improve preparedness in the event of an emergency or disaster
 Provide for orderly and efficient transition from normal to emergency operation
 Reduce losses associated with emergencies through improved enterprise
resources
 Assign emergency authority
 Assign emergency responsibility
183
 Improve safety awareness, emergency and disaster readiness
Application of the Plan

Man Made Emergencies
 Hazardous material
 Transportation accident
 Terrorism
 Sabotage
 Kidnapping
 Fire
Natural Emergencies
 Typhoons
 Flood
 Earthquake
A. Communication
External Internal
- Telephone - two-way radio – personal contact
- Cellphones - warning system – megaphone
B. General Emergency Plan
1. Warning from Outside Agencies
Warning of a severe weather, typhoons, floods, volcanic eruptions or other
emergencies which can be foretold by gov’t.
2. Warning from Within
It is the responsibility of the Building Captain, head of Communications & Security in
the ERT organization to notify all personnel and visitors when it is necessary to
evacuate the facility/building or go directly to PAP.
3. PAP (Personnel/Pre-designated Assembly Point)
Personnel and visitors will immediately proceed to this area.
4. Education and Training
A. Personal and Personnel Survival
B. Drills
 Fire drills shall be held at least annually or more often if deemed necessary.
 Familiarity with evacuation routes/plans
 Drills shall be held at both opportune and inopportune times to cover almost
any situation.
5. Special Duties
 Each head of department shall take notice of their personnel’s attendance
when each drill is conducted.
184
 Upon arrival at the pre-designated assembly point, department head shall
count their personnel to assure that all are accounted.
 The evacuation plan provides for checking of restrooms, vacant rooms,
specialty rooms and elevator to ensure that all persons are aware and are
heading the warning.
 Each employee is assigned during his/her shift certain task to conduct closing
doors, windows, and turning off lights in a disaster.
 ERT member from maintenance personnel shall shut off electricity in an
emergency and report for further assignment.
6. Employees
 Don’t take time to get belongings when the alarm is sounded.
 Certain employees will be designated by Area Marshall to be responsible for
closing windows, doors, turning off the lights and equipment and other duties.
 Employees will proceed to the nearest exit and evacuate the building in an
orderly fashion to the designated area.
C. Evacuation Procedure
 Employee seated near windows shall secure that the windows are close.
 Any employee next to a restroom or vacant room shall check that room and, if
anyone is there, instruct that person(s) to proceed to the PAP.
 Employees are not to take anything with them unless ordered by the Area
Marshall for important documents or in case of fire.
 Employee closest to the doors/stairways will leave first; then the last person
out of the room will close the door.
 Employees should move quickly and safely as possible without creating more
hazards than already encountered.
 Keep calm and listen for information or instructions.
 If primary exits are blocked, for any reason, then go to an alternative exit.
 Department heads should account for all his/her personnel.
 If a fire is in the corridor just outside the room or close enough to the exit route,
then close the door block all gaps around the door until a move can be
decided.
Delegation of Duties
1. Floor warden
2. Building Captain
3. Head-count and reporting
4. Exit guards
5. Fire Extinguisher Squad
6. Hose and Nozzle Team
7. First Aiders
8. Search & Rescue Team
185
D. Considerations for Emergency Operations
I. Direction and Control
Use of Emergency Response Team for emergency operation. To facilitate
policy making coordination and control of operating force in a large-scale
situation.
Aspect:
 Indicate in-charge of each emergency
 Determine when to issue order to evacuate the facility
 Identity individual responsibility for issuing evacuation orders and how it
will be announced.
 Chain of command to assure continuous leadership, and responsibility
in key positions.
 Assignment of operational and administrative support for emergency
response.
II. Emergency Information
 Defining responsibility of the department and describing activation
procedures.
 Assignment of responsibility to assure employees understands the
warning signals, receive instruction, know and what to do in case of
emergency.
 Include emergency response activities on the agenda of regular
supervisors meeting.
 Designation of information office as official point of contact during an
emergency.
 Timely forecast of all hazards that require emergency preparedness or
response action.
III. Facility Shutdown
 Defines and assigns responsibilities for the protection of company
property and classified material before employee leave work stations.
Aspect:
 Indicate under what conditions shutdown must
 Occurred to be considered
 Identity authority to shutdown
 Complete checklist for shutdown
 Diagrams to show where to turn everything off
IV. Communication.
 Establishing, using maintaining and providing back up for all channels
of communications needed for emergency response and recovery.
Aspect:
186
 Primary and back up communication with generator or extra batteries.
 Two-way response radio communication between Bldg. Captain and
Leader of emergency response forces.
 Key telephone numbers for industry emergency assistance organization
V. Emergency Services
 Plot plan of utility shut off, water hydrant mains, and building plan.
 Traffic and security control.
 Fire equipment storage
 Damage assessment reports
 Obtaining emergency medical support during emergency.
 Adequate water supply for drinking, firefighting and sanitation
A well-organized emergency procedure takes account of four stages:

 Preliminary action – the most important part of the emergency procedure and
surroundings.
 The preparation of a plan tailored to meet the specific requirements of
the site, products and surroundings.
 Briefing of employees on details of the plan, including the position of
essential equipment
 The training of personnel involved and appointment of competent
persons for certain actions.
 The implementation of program of inspections of potentially hazardous
areas, testing of warning systems and specification of evacuation
procedures
 Specifying the date at which the plan will be re-examined and updated.
 Action when emergency is imminent – when there is evidence that an
emergency is imminent, this stage will feature procedures for assembly of key
personnel, advance warning to external authorities and testing of systems
connected with the emergency scheme.
 Action during the emergency-there may however, be unexpected variations in a
predicted emergency. Decision-making personnel, selected beforehand for this
purpose, will need to make precise and repaid judgments to ensure that
appropriate action follows the decisions made.
 Ending Emergency-there must be a procedure for declaring plant, systems and
specific areas safe, together with the reoccupation of premises where possible.
The emergency plan should possess the following:

1. The purpose of the emergency plan is to provide guidance on the following:
 A site emergency response organization’s structure and responsibilities
 Develop a sample emergency scenario and their consequences
187
 Establish emergency control resources (human, equipment, training, etc.)
2. Make sure that the emergency plan is up-to-date
3. The emergency telephone numbers must be provided, including the senior
personnel or people that must be notified in case of emergency.
Emergency is a sudden, unexpected event demanding an immediate action.
GENERAL PROCEDURES IN RESPONSE TO DIFFERENT TYPES OF EMERGENCIES.
First Aid – is the immediate care given to victim who has been injured or suddenly taken ill.
Role of First Aider

 Serves as the bridge that fills the gap between the victim and the physician.]
 He is not to complete with nor take the place of the physician.
 He will assist the physician when he arrives
Objectives in Giving First Aid

 To alleviate suffering of the victim
 To prevent added injury to the victim and prevent further harm.
 To prolong the life of the victim
Emergency Action Principle:

 Survey the scene.
 Do the primary survey of the victim
 Activate medical assistance or transfer facility
 Do the secondary survey of the victim
Shock is a depressed condition of many body functions due to failure of enough blood to
circulate throughout the body following a serious injury.
Objective Of First Aid To Shock Victims:

 To improve circulation of the blood
 To ensure adequate supply of oxygen
 To maintain normal body temperature
WOUND is s break in the continuity in the body either internal or external.
First Aid for closed wounds:

188
I – Ice application provided to the affected portion of the body
C – Compression over the affected portion.
E – Elevate affected portion above the heart to reduce swelling.
S – Split or immobilize
First Aid for open wounds:

C – Control bleeding
C – Cover wound with dressing
C – Care for shock
C – Consult or refer to physician
Earthquake – What to do:

 Act quickly protect your body from falling debris by getting under a sturdy desk,
table or doorway
 Keep away from glass windows and free-standing furniture.
 When outside, stay away from tall buildings, move to an open field.
 At the end of initial shock, evacuate buildings when given clearance by the Chief
Marshal
 Go to the assembly area assigned near your position.
Fire Emergency – If you discover a fire:

 Activate fire alarm (break glass)
 Call for help, dial your hot line number
 Try to extinguish fire if knowledgeable to do so.
 Do not take any personal risks.
 Follow instructions of evacuation team guide
 Proceed to the assembly area
Evacuation
 On hearing the alarm signal, gather vital personal effects and go for the nearest exit
near you.
 Go to the assembly area at the open field assigned near your present location
 If you are away from normal work floor, obey instructions from that floor.
 Do not attempt to return to your own floor
 Security will take any other action
Bomb Threat
 If a bomb or suspicious object is discovered – do not touch it, clear the area
189
 Notify security office
 Prevent other personnel from going into the area
 Security will take any other action required
If You Received A Call…

 Attract the attention of another staff member to rig your local hotline
 Record details of threat as per procedure given: do not hang up your phone
 Try to record exact words, keep the caller TALKING (try to obtain as much
information as possible)
 Security will take further action required
Questions To Ask…
 When is the bomb going to explode?
 Where is it right now?
 What does it look like?
 What kind of bomb is it?
 What will cause the bomb to explode?
 Who place the bomb?
 Why?
 Where are you?
 What is your name?
Do Not Hang Up The Phone

Security
 Most senior security Officer on-duty shall respond when an emergency arising from
fire, earthquake and explosions occurs upon notice given by the Chief Marshal
 The compound shall be cordoned to prevent unauthorized person’s entry
 Security officer shall supervise crowd control to prevent employees and looters
around the affected area.
 Follow the safe and orderly evacuations of employees to the assembly area
190
SECTION 14– SAFETY INSPECTION
A review and/or inspection is, most by and large, an organized examination or formal
assessment work out. It includes the estimations, tests, and instruments connected to
certain characteristics in respect to an activity or movement. A safety review is characterized
as a checking work conducted to find existing and potential dangers that will cause mishaps
within the work environment.
Safety inspection should be part of every phase of production and a regular element of the
standard operating procedure. When a safety inspection has become part of a supervisor’s
routine. The safety responsibilities of each department will then be integrated to improve the
whole company.
It is recommended that formal inspection must be done at least once a month, using a
checklist, However, in some areas, frequent safety inspections should be done.
Objectives and Purposes

 To maintain a safe work environment through hazards recognition and removal
 To ensure that people are following proper safety procedures while working
 To determine which operations, meet or exceed acceptable safety and government
standards
 To maintain product quality and operational profitability
Types of Inspections
 Continuous or On-Going Inspections
 Supervisors, employees and maintenance personnel as part of their job
responsibilities to do this process. This sometimes called informal because it does
not have a schedule, plan or a checklist.
 Planned inspection at intervals
 These inspections can be the foundation of a strong loss control program. This
process is what most people call as “real” safety and health inspection. It is
deliberate, thorough and systematic by design.
Three Types of Planned Inspection Intervals

 Periodic inspection – includes those inspections scheduled at regular intervals. It can be
made weekly, monthly, semi-annually or at other intervals.
 Intermittent inspection – is those made at regular intervals and they are performed
unannounced.
 General inspection – are planned and covers places not inspected periodically.
191
Checklists
A checklist is a type of international job aid used to reduce failure by compensating for
potential limits of human memory and attention. It helps to ensure consistency and
completeness in carrying out a task. A basic example is the “to do list”. A more advanced
checklist would be a schedule. Which lays out tasks to be done according to time of day or
other factors.
How to create checklists

 Enumerate every potential hazard within the category that you know exists in our work
area.
 Check the written source you have available to add any hazards that you did not think of.
 Example the work area itself to see if you overlooked any conditions that needed to be
checked, and note the specific location of the hazards already listed.
 Have your employees review your list to make sure you have included all the hazards
and identified the locations of each one.
Chemical Hazard Ergonomics Hazard Mechanical Hazards
Checklist should have the following items:

 Hazardous locations, work processes, and machineries
 Grounds
 Loading and Shipping Platforms
 Outside Structures
 Floors
 Stairways
 Housekeeping
 Others – fire hazards, poor electrical installations, damaged chains, etc.
Samples of written records:

 Previous inspection reports
 JHA
192
 Maintenance of records
 MSDS
 Accident investigation reports
 Work environment monitoring
Tips for Scheduling Inspection

 Determine how much time is required for each type of inspection
 Inspect as often as possible
 Make sure each inspection is thorough so it will not be a waste of time
 If no hazardous conditions are found, do not decrease the frequency of inspections
Safety Observation Plan

There are several factors necessary for effective safety observation. These are:
 Know what to look for.
 Practice observation
 Keep an open mind
 Do not be satisfied with general impressions
 Guard against habit and familiarity
 Record observations systematically
 Prepare a checklist
Communication the results

It is important to discuss the result of the inspections with the employees. If poor work
practices and bad habits have developed, employees must be advised of the observations
immediately and explain the correct ways on how the work is to be done =. Many
supervisors forget to mention the positive actions and practices that take place in their
department. It is important to encourage people to follow good work practices.
Key Points:
 A safety inspection is defined as a monitoring function conducted to locate existing
and potential hazards that may cause accidents in the workplace.
 Safety inspection should be part of every phase of production and a regular element
of the standard operating procedure.
 A checklist is s type of informational job aid used to reduce failure by compensating
for potential limits of human memory and attention.
 It is important to encourage people to follow good work practices.
 It is important to discuss the result of the inspection with the employees
193
SECTION 15 - ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
Accident examination may be a fundamental and viable procedure for avoiding repeating or
future mishaps. Intensive mishap examination can point out the issue ranges inside the
organization. Examinations are conducted to avoid repeat, comply with approaches and
administrative necessities, progress supervisor’s administration approach, and keep up
worker awareness in work-related wellbeing and safety.
All mishap are occurrence and ought to be examined. The supervisor is the individual who
most frequently examines mishap and makes out reports. Supervisor are more
commonplace with the individuals included; they have superior understanding of the
operations and gear, and have individual interest in examinations. LTI, NON-LTI, Property
harm, Close Call/ Misses that did not happened and seem happen ought to be explored.
Accident Investigations are done to…

 Prevent recurrence
 Comply with the policies and regulatory requirements
 Maintain employee awareness
Accident investigation should immediately be investigated because…

 Operation are disrupted
 Memories fade
 Employees are at risk
 May be considered in the supervisor’s performance review
 Required by the law in some cases
 Upper management uses them to judge the quality of the investigation work
 They are often used in the system for managing the Follow-up of the remedial action
Method of investigation
Secure the Accident Site. It is essential to secure the accident site for the duration of the
investigation. In some cases, it may be necessary to barricade or isolate the accident area
to warn people about the accident. Nothing should be removed from the site to preserve the
evidence and not contaminated other passersby.
Step One: Gathering Information (Preliminary Facts)
Source of information:
 Witnesses
 Physical Evidence
 Existing records
194
Collect facts/Data Gathering. Start the investigation as soon as the accident has taken
place to preserve
Evidences like chemicals that are easy to evaporate and to prevent physical and chemical
changes.
Time is of the essence during investigation.

Look for…
 Nature, Place, Date, Time
 Personnel involved
 Property damaged
 Environmental harm
Existing Records
 Employee records
 Equipment records
 Job or task records
 Previous accident investigation reports.
a. Collect physical evidence and store them. Preserving this evidence in the
accident scene make the investigative process much less frustrating.
b. Take photographs to record the actual condition of the accident site. The camera
is a useful tool for studying the accident site to prevent recurrence.
c. Make sketches and drawings. Objects involved in the accident must be
identified and measured to show the proper perspective. Measurements are vital
to accident investigations.
Identify the Witnesses. Witnesses are import source of information. Ask them to identify
and document the names of the persons involved, the time of accident so that all information
is recorded.
Witnesses should be interviewed one at a time and ASAP. For their memories fade and
minimize the possibility for the witness to subconsciously adjust, edit, or alter the story.
Whenever possible, interviews should be conducted inside the accident site. If there is
more than one witnesses to imitate the thoughts of their witnesses.
Some witnesses could be the…
 Victim
 Onlookers
 Those who heard what happened
 Saw the area prior to the accident
 Others with info about involved individuals, Equipment or circumstances.
Step Two: Analyze the Facts
After the evidences have been collected, witnesses have been interviewed, photographs
have been taking, and it is now time to analyze the facts that have been gathered.
195
 Why-why Analysis
 Cause and Effect Diagram
 Fault Tree. Make a fault tree diagram to show where the accident taken place, the
recurrence of possible involved, the kind of accident that happened and the persons
in charge of that place.
Step Three: Recommending Corrective Actions
 Engineering Control. Note what engineering control should be done to prevent the
recurrence of possible similar accidents.
 Administrative Control. If the employee did unsafe acts or did the job wrong, make
sure to have reorientation to check his knowledge about the job his doing.
 PPE. If PPE is needed, the employer should provide a PPE to protect people from
hazards.
Kinds of Reports and Records Used
Accident reports are essential to an efficient and successful safety programs. It has
necessary information to control the conditions and acts that contribute to accidents.
Keeping records also helps the supervisor or the top management evaluate if the employee
has violating safety rules again and again.
 The First Report. The first aider or nurse fills out the first aid report for each new
case. Copies of the report are sent to the safety departments or where the
management may wish.
 Supervisor’s Accident Report. Supervisors should make a detailed report about
each accident, even near misses and small accidents. Accident investigation report
should be completed as soon as possible.
 Monthly Accident Statistics Report. The monthly accident statistics reports allow
the tabulation of cumulative totals and the computation of frequency and severity
rates. With it the management can determine if the goals on safety are attainable or
not.
Things to Remember:
 Accident investigation is a necessary and effective technique for preventing recurring
or future accidents.
 The supervisor is the person who most often investigations accident and makes out
reports.
 The sources of information are the witnesses. The physical evidences and the
existing records.
 Witnesses are important source of information.
 Analyze the facts: Why-Why, Cause & Effect, Fault tree
 Recommend Corrective Action: engineering, Admin, PPE.
Note: Refer to DOLE/OSH/IP-6, otherwise known as the “Employees Work Accident Illness Report” from OSH
Standards.
196
SECTION 16 – EMPLOYEES COMPENSATION PROGRAM
The Employees’ Compensation Program (ECP) is a government program designed to
provide a compensation package to public and private employees or their dependents in the
event of work-related sickness, injury, or death.
Coverage In the event of work-related sickness, injury, or death, the following are entitled to
receive benefits and services under the ECP;
 Private sector workers who are registered as compulsory members of the Social
Security System (SSS) except self-employed;
 Overseas seafarers;
 Government sector employees who are registered members of the Government
Service Insurance System (GSIS) including elective government officials who are
receiving regular salary; and
 Uniformed personnel of the Armed Forces of the Philippines (AFP), the Philippine
National Police (PNP), Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), and the Bureau of Jail
Management and Penology (BJMP). Coverage in the program starts on the first day
of employment.
Coverage in the program starts on the first day of employment.

If the sickness, disability, or death occurs after the prescribed 30-day period of registration
and before the GSIS or the SSS receives any report of the name of the concerned
employee, the employer shall be liable to the GSIS or to the SSS for the lump sum
equivalent to the benefits to which such employee or his dependents may be entitled.
Registration
Every employee shall be registered to the GSIS or the SSS through his employer within one
month or thirty (30) days from the date of employment. However, no EC claim of any
employee shall be rejected on the basis alone of absence of GSIS or SSS registration or EC
contribution.
If the sickness, disability, or death occurs after the prescribed 30-day period of registration
and before the GSIS or the SSS receives any report of the name of the concerned
employee, the employer shall be liable to the GSIS or to the SSS for the lump sum
equivalent to the benefits to which such employee or his dependents may be entitled.
Contributions
Employers pay for the EC contributions of their employees.
• For a covered employee in the private sector, his employer shall remit to the SSS a
monthly contribution in accordance with the following schedule:
Range of Compensation Monthly Salary Credit Employers’ Contribution
P900 – P14,749 P1,000-P14,500 P10.00
P14,750-above P15,000 and above P30.00
• For a covered employee in the public sector, his employer shall remit to the GSIS a
monthly contribution of P100 per employee per month
197
When a covered employee dies during employment, or is separated from employment, his
employer’s obligation to pay the monthly contribution arising from that employment shall
cease on the last day of the month of contingency. Likewise, when a covered employee
becomes disabled during employment, his employer’s obligation to pay the monthly
contribution shall be suspended during such months that he is not receiving salary or
wages.
Compensability of illness or injury
Occupational Diseases
For an occupational disease and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, all of
the following conditions must be satisfied:
 The employee’s work and/or the working conditions must involve risk/s that caused
the development of the illness;
 The disease was contracted as a result of the employee’s exposure to described
risks;
 The disease was contracted within a period of exposure and under such factors
necessary to contract it; and
 There was no deliberate act on the part of the employee to disregard the safety
measures or ignore established warning or precaution.
The Increased Risk Theory

There is an increased risk if the illness is caused or precipitated by factors inherent in the
employees’ nature of work and working conditions. It does not include aggravation of a pre-
existing illness. To establish compensability of the claim under the Increased Risk Theory,
the claimant must show proof of work-connection. The degree of proof required varies on a
case-to-case basis.
Pre-Employment and Periodic Medical Examination

The employer shall require pre-employment medical examination of all prospective
employees and provide periodic medical examination to employees who are exposed to
occupational diseases.
Prescribed Minimum Standards for Periodic Medical Examinations Designed for the
Early Detection of Occupational Diseases
(Annex B of Amended Rules on Employees’ Compensation Commission)
A. When the risk exists as to the exposure to any of the occupational hazards enumerated
in the “List of Occupational Diseases”, employers shall require his employees to
undergo:
1. A periodic medical examination to be carried out at intervals, and in accordance with
the condition, outlined in 2 and 3 below;
198
2. Periodic examinations at intervals of 3 months, or less, if workers are exposed to the
following:
a. Benzene (Benzol) or the nitro or amino-derivatives or benzene or its homologues.
b. Ionizing radiations
c. Organic phosphorus insecticides, where the interval may be shorter (as in
spraying)
3. Periodic examinations at intervals not exceeding 6 months in cases of exposure to
the following:
a. Lead or its toxic compounds
b. Mercury or its toxic compounds
c. Manganese or its toxic compound
d. Carbon disulfide
4. Periodic examinations at intervals not exceeding one year in cases of all other
exposure enumerated in the “List of Occupational Diseases” and not covered under 2
or 3 above
5. Under special circumstances, medical examinations shall be repeated at intervals
shorter than specified under 3 and 4 as recommended by the authorized medical
officers.
B. The medical examination shall be as complete as possible, but shall primarily be directed
towards the early detection of occupational diseases. This necessitates that certain
aspects of the examination be stressed in certain types of exposures:
1. Examination of urine and urinary bladder in workers exposed to alphanaphtylamine,
betanaphtylamine or benzidine or any of their salts, and suramine, or magenta,
2. Examination of the skin and eyes in workers exposed to tar, pitch, bitumen, mineral
oil, paraffin or soot or any compound, product, or residue of any of these
substances.
3. Examination of the eyes in workers exposed to infrared rays from molten metal, red
hot metal or molten glass.
4. Examination of the skin in workers exposed to skin irritants and sensitizers.
5. Audiometric examinations in workers exposed to excessive noise, particularly in the
higher frequencies
6. Examination of the gastro-intestinal and nervous systems, blood, skin, mucous
membranes, and lungs in workers exposed to toxic compounds of arsenic.
7. Examination of the skin, eyes, and blood in workers exposed to ionizing radiations.
8. Examination of the gastro-intestinal and nervous systems, blood, skin, mucous
membranes and lungs in workers exposed to toxic compounds of arsenic.
9. Examination of the blood in workers exposed to benzene or the nitro or amino
derivatives or benzene or its homologues.
10. Examination of the skin and lungs in cases of exposure to beryllium.
11. Examination of the skin and respiratory tract in workers exposed to nickel, chromium,
or their toxic compounds.
199
12. Examination of the nervous system, eyes, blood, and skin in workers exposed to
nickel, chromium, or their toxic compounds.
13.Examination of the blood in workers exposed to carbon monoxide.
14. Examination of the eyes and respiratory tract in workers exposed to chlorine or
sulfur dioxide.
15. Examination of the liver and kidney in workers exposed to dinitrophenol and its
homologues.
16. Examination of the skin, liver, kidneys, and gastro-intestinal and nervous systems in
workers exposed in halogen derivates of aliphatic hydrocarbons
17. Examination of the blood, urine, gastro-intestinal and neu- ro-muscular systems in
workers exposed to mercury and its toxic compounds.
18.Examination of the nervous and gastro-intestinal systems, the kidneys, and eyes in
workers exposed to mercury and its toxic compounds.
19. Examination of the bones, especially the lower jaw in workers exposed to
phosphorus, and the choline-esterase activity in workers exposed to organic
phosphate insecticides.
20. Examination of the lungs in workers exposed to risk of tuberculosis infection, silica
dust, asbestos, and cotton dust.
21. Examination of the presence of peripheral vascular disturbance in workers exposed
to vibrating tools.
C. Results of medical examinations shall be reported to the System in a prescribed form

which indicates the dates of examinations, results, and recommended action.
D. Cases of occupational diseases discovered shall be reported by the employer to the

System in a prescribed form.
Work-related Injuries
For the injury and the resulting disability or death to be compensable, the injury must be the
result of an accident arising out of and in the course of employment.
The injury or the resulting disability or death sustained by reason of employment are
compensable regardless of the place where the incident occurred, if it can be proven that, at
the time of the contingency, the employee was acting within the scope of employment and
performing an act reasonably necessary or incidental to it.
Injuries or death resulting from any of the following shall also be compensable:
1. Injuries resulting from an accident that happened at the workplace.

Slips, trips, fall, and strains are only a few examples of an accident that may happen
at the place where an employee is required to be as part of his work.
200
Injuries, and its resulting disability or death, sustained by employees who are
required to stay in the premises or in quarters furnished by the employer regardless
of the time of its occurrence are also compensable except when the disability or
death was caused by the employee’s intoxication, willful intention to injure or kill
himself or another, or notorious negligence.
2. Injuries resulting from an accident which happened while the employee is

performing his official function.
3. Injuries resulting from an accident that happened outside of the workplace but
while the employee is performing an order of his employer.
An injury sustained by an employee outside the company premises is compensable if
an office order, locator slip, or a pass for official business covers it. The injury is
likewise compensable where the employee was performing official functions outside
regular working hours and beyond the place of work.
4. Injuries resulting from an accident, which happened while going to or coming

from the place of work.
An injury or death of a covered employee in an accident while he is going to, or
coming from, the workplace shall be considered compensable under the ECP
provided that the act of the employee in going to, or coming from, the workplace must
have been a continuing act; that he had not been diverted therefrom by any other
activity, and he had not departed from his usual route to, or from, his workplace.
5. Injuries resulting from an accident, which happened while ministering to

personal comfort.
Acts performed by an employee within the time and space limits of his employment,
to minister to personal comfort such as satisfaction of his thirst, hunger, or other
physical demands, or to protect himself from excessive cold, are deemed incidental
to his employment. Injuries sustained by the employees as a result of an accident
while performing such acts are considered compensable and arising out of and in the
course of employment.
6. Injuries’ resulting from an accident while the employee is inside the company
shuttle bus.
7. Injuries resulting from an accident, which occurred during a company-

sponsored activity.
8. Death of an Employee Due to Assault

The death of an employee as a result of a murderous assault is compensable when
the same occurred in the course of performance of official functions.
201
Motive of assault need not be established if the covered employee sustained injury
while he was at the assigned or designated workplaces; if the employee was
executing orders of employer; or the employee was “going to or coming from” his
workplace, subject to the existing guidelines of the same.
Motive is important in cases where the covered employee was on vacation leave, off-
duty, or was at home when the incident happened. Disclosure of the motive is an aid
in determining causal connection between the incident and the employment.
Injuries, which resulted to disability or death, sustained by a soldier or policeman

when responding to a crime situation or when performing their sworn duties as law
enforcer while he was not at his assigned post, is also compensable under the ECP.
Excepting Circumstances
No compensation shall be allowed to the employee or his/her dependents in cases when the
sickness, injury, disability, or death was occasioned by any of the following:
1. Intoxication
Intoxication refers to a person’s condition in being under the influence of liquor or
prohibited drugs to the extent that his acts, words, or conduct is impaired visibly, as to
prevent him from physically and mentally engaging in the duties of his employment.
2. Notorious Negligence
Notorious negligence is something more than mere or simple negligence. It signifies
a deliberate act of the employee to disregard his own safety or ignore established
warning or precaution.
3. Willful Intent to Injure Oneself or Another
This contemplates a deliberate intent on the part of the employee to inflict injuries on
himself or another
Benefits under the Employees Compensation Program
Loss of Income Benefit

Under the ECP, it is the disability, or the incapacity to work, which is being compensated
and not the illness or the injury.
There are three types of loss of income benefit.

1. Temporary Total Disability (TTD)
 For a disability that prevents an employee from performing his work for a
continuous period not exceeding 120 days  
 The amount of daily income benefit shall be ninety percent (90%) of the employee’s
average daily salary credit as determined by the Systems.  
202
2. Permanent Total Disability (PTD)
A monthly income benefit granted for disabilities, such as, but not limited to,
complete loss of sight of both eyes, loss and function loss of both limbs, and brain
injury resulting to imbecility or insanity.
The amount of monthly income benefit for PTD shall be determined by the Systems
based on the average monthly salary credit or average monthly compensation
(AMSC/AMC).
3. Permanent Partial Disability (PPD)

A monthly income benefit is granted for disabilities that result in physical loss
(amputation) or functional loss of a body part.
The number of monthly pensions is based on the corresponding body part loss or
functional loss, as provided under Article 193 of PD No. 626, as amended, and EC
schedule of Compensation.
Medical Services
It includes reimbursement of the cost of medicines for the illness or injury, payment to
providers of medical care, hospital care, surgical expenses, and the costs of rehabilitation
appliances and supplies. The medical services are limited to ward services of hospitals duly
accredited by the Department of Health (DOH).
The following are not included:

1. Extra charge for more comfortable accommodations such as private and semi-private
rooms;
2. Personal comfort or convenience such as charges for the use of telephone, radio, or
television; and
3. Private duty nurses 
If the patient received a more expensive service, the System shall only pay for the
ward services. However, private or semi-private accommodations shall be paid by the
System when it is medically necessary or there is no immediately available ward bed.
Only necessary and relevant services shall be paid by the System. Laboratory and/or
radiology services or medicines shall be kept to a level considered by the physician
reasonably necessary and relevant to the particular illness or injury. Ambulatory
services in an accredited hospital shall be allowed only in case of injury.
A. Hospital Confinement
The benefits for each day of confinement in an accredited hospital shall only be forward
services.
The benefit in case of sickness and injury shall not exceed the actual cost of ward
services in accredited hospital equipped with facilities necessary for the treatment of the
disease and injury.
203
Confinement shall be counted in units of a full day, with the day of admission counted as
a full day but not the day of discharge.
B. The subsequent attendance by an accredited physician
C. Medicines
Medicine reimbursements shall be in accordance with the amount prescribed under
Republic Act No. 9502, otherwise known as “Universally Accessible Cheaper Quality
Medicine Act No. 2008”.
Processing of EC Medical Reimbursement with Previous PhilHealth and/or HMO

benefits
After the allowable HMO and/or Phil Health benefits, if any, have been completely
exhausted for a particular confinement or consultation, only the out-of-pocket expenses of
the employee with work-related sickness or injury shall be the subject of claim for EC
medical reimbursement.
The amount of reimbursement should not be higher than the actual amount paid by the
said employee and the prevailing rates prescribed by the Commission.
Claim for EC medical reimbursement from the employer may only be allowed in case the
employer has paid the hospitalization expenses of the employee with work-related
sickness or injury.
Carer’s Allowance
A supplemental pension of P575/month is provided to pensioners under the ECP who
suffer from work-connected PPD and PTD.
Rehabilitation Services/KaGabay Program

(Katulong at Gabay sa Manggagawang May Kapansanan)
Persons with work-related disabilities (PWRD) with an approved EC TTD, PPD or PTD
are qualified to avail of the benefits and services under the Katulong at Gabay sa
Manggagawang May Kapansanan, or KaGabay Program.
Under this program, qualified beneficiaries are entitled to:

A. Physical Restoration
Provision of physical or occupational therapy services to PWRDs including assistive
devices, subject to funding limitations.
204
B. Skills Training for Re-employment
PWRDs can acquire new competencies, subject to his/her potential and residual
functional capacity.
C. Entrepreneurship Training
PWRDs who want to set up their own livelihood undertaking are given the chance to take
part in entrepreneurship training.
All these benefits and services are provided to qualified PWRDs for free.
Incentives for Employers Hiring Persons with Disabilities (PWD)

To encourage the active participation of the private sector in promoting the welfare of
disabled persons and to ensure their gainful employment, Section 8 of Republic Act No.
7277, otherwise known as the Magna Carta for Disabled Persons, provides for ad-
equate incentives to private entities which employ disabled persons. They are entitled to
an additional deduction, from their gross income, equivalent to twenty-five (25%) of the
total amount paid as salaries and wages to disabled persons who meet the required skills
or qualifications, either as regular employee, apprentice, or learner.
Furthermore, private entities that improve or modify their physical facilities in order to
provide reasonable accommodation for disabled persons shall be entitled to an additional
deduction from their net income, equivalent to fifty percent (50%) of the direct cost of the
improvements or modifications.
Requirements for entitlement to incentives are as follows:

A. For employing disabled workers:
a. Accreditation from the Department of Health (DOH) as to the type of
disability/ies of the worker/s;
b. Accreditation from the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) as to the
skills and qualifications of the disabled worker/s; and
c. Certification of Employment of the accredited disabled worker/s from the
concerned DOLE Regional Director
B. For improving or modifying physical facilities for reasonable accommodation

for disabled employee/s:
a. Certification from the building inspectors in consultation with the Department of
Social Welfare and Development (DSWD) and other concerned groups in the
region where the facilities are located.
Section 5 of Republic Act No. 10524, or An Act Expanding the Positions Reserved for
Persons with Disability, requires that at least one percent (1%) of all positions in all
government agencies, offices, or corporations shall be reserved for persons with
disability. On the other hand, private corporations with more than one hundred (100)
205
employees are encouraged to reserve at least one percent (1%) of all positions for
persons with disability.
Death Benefits
The beneficiaries of the deceased employee are entitled to an income benefit if the
employee died as a result of a work-related injury or sickness.
They shall receive an income benefit paid at the beginning of the month of death of the
member and will continue for as long as they are entitled there to.
The surviving legitimate spouse is entitled to receive income benefit until he or she
remarries.
Each dependent child, not exceeding five, counted from the youngest and without
substitution, shall receive ten percent more as dependent’s pension.
Funeral Benefits
An amount of P20, 000 may be granted for the Private Sector upon the death of an
employee who died as a result of a work-related accident or disease.
Simultaneous Granting of EC Disability Benefits and Sick Leave Benefits for Private
Sector.
EC disability benefits are granted to employees who meet work-connected accidents or

diseases while the said employee is on sick leave with pay.
Simultaneous Granting of EC Disability Benefits and Special Leave Benefits for Women
in the Private and Public Sector.
In the event that an employee’s gynecological disorders were found to be work-

connected, all qualified women employees in the private and in the public sector can still
avail of EC disability benefits in addition to Special Leave Benefits under Republic Act
No. 9710, otherwise known as “Magna Carta for Women”.
For purposes of granting EC disability benefits due to gynecological disorders, the

concerned woman employee must prove that her working conditions caused or
contributed to the manifestation of the said disorder.
EC Logbook Notice Requirement

Every employer shall keep a logbook to record chronological- ly the sickness, injury, or
death of their employees containing the names of the employees; dates, places, and
nature of contingency; and absences.
206
Entries in the logbook should be made within five (5) days from notice of knowledge of
the contingency. Within five (5) days after entry in the logbook, the employer shall report
to either SSS or GSIS only those contingencies he deems to be work-related.
Manual or electronic recording of such contingencies is acceptable, for as long as the

information or data entered into and recorded by the employer is accurate and sufficient.
However, the mere absence of a logbook shall not result in the suspension of the
evaluation of claim. Sample of EC Logbook
Filing of EC Benefits Claim

A. How to file EC Benefits Claims?
Proceed to the nearest SSS and GSIS branch to file for the EC benefits claims. Fill out
the prescribed forms and prepare supporting documents for your benefits claim. The list
of the documentary requirements is posted in SSS (www.sss.gov.ph), GSIS (www.gsis.
gov.ph) and ECC (www.ecc.gov.ph) websites.
EC Medical Reimbursement claims can only be filed after the EC

sickness/accident/disability/death claim has been approved by the GSIS.
C. Appeal for Denied Claims

EC claims denied by the SSS or GSIS may be appealed to the Employees’
Compensation Commission (ECC) through a simple letter of appeal.
D. Prescriptive Period
No claim for compensation shall be given due course unless said claim is filed with the
System within three years from the time the cause of action accrued.
Reckoning Date of the Prescriptive Period

1. For sickness, it is the time the employee lost his earning capacity. 
2. For injury, it is from the time it was sustained. 
3. For death, at the time of death of the covered employee.
207
Liabilities of an Employer Non-registration of employee
If the sickness, disability, or death occurs after the prescribed 30-day period of
registration and before the GSIS or the SSS receives any report of the name of the
concerned employee, the employer shall be liable to the GSIS or to the SSS for the lump
sum equivalent to the benefits to which such employee or his dependents may be
entitled.
Contributions
Under Section 3, Rule V of the Amended Rules on Employees’ Compensation, the
following penalties shall be imposed on any violations on the provisions on contributions;
Any employer who is delinquent in his contributions shall be liable to the System for the
benefits which may have been paid to his employees or their dependents, and any
benefit and expenses to which such employer is liable shall constitute a preferred lien on
all his property, real or personal, over any credit except taxes.
The payment by the employer of the lump sum equivalent of such liability shall absolve
him from the payment of the delinquent contributions due and payable during the
calendar year of the contingency and penalty thereon with respect to the employee
concerned, but said employer shall be subject to criminal liability.
In case of such delinquency, the employer or responsible official who committed the
violation shall be punished with a fine of not less than P1,000 nor more than P10,000
and/or imprisonment for the duration of the violation or non-compliance or until such time
that a rectification of the violation has been made, at the Court’s discretion.
If any contribution is not paid to the SSS, the employer shall pay besides the contribution
a penalty thereon of 3 percent a month from the date of the contribution falls due until
paid.
Safety Devices
The employer shall comply with safety and health laws and shall take the necessary
precautions for the prevention of work-related disability or death.
In case an employee gets injured or dies due to failure of the employer to comply with the
safety devices requirement, the employer shall pay the State Insurance Fund a penalty of
25 percent of the lump sum of equivalent of the monthly income benefit due to the
employee.
EC Logbook
In case of the employer’s failure to record in the logbook an actual sickness, injury or
death of any of his employees within the period prescribed by the EC Law or gives false
information or with- holds material information provided by the employer in relation to his
208
employee’s claims for EC benefits, sanction shall be imposed on the employer. These
shall include a liability for a 50 percent of the lump sum benefit and/or a fine ranging from
P500-P5000 and imprisonment ranging from six months to one year.
Reference:
http://ecc.gov.ph/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/Employers_Guide_on_ECP.pdf
209
SECTION 17 – ROLES OF SUPERVISOR IN SAFETY
A supervisor, foreman, team leader, overseer, cell coach, facilitator, or area coordinator
is a manager in business. A supervisor is first and foremost an overseer whose main
responsibility is to ensure that a group of subordinates get out the assigned amount of
production, when they are supposed to do it and within acceptable levels of quality, costs
and safety. The supervisor is management on the front line. They directly influence
the quality and quantity of goods and services produced.
Managers or supervisors have a direct bearing on health and safety since they have
control and can give instruction. They are also the focal point of a lot of employee
attention and the manner of their behavior and the way they view on safety and
health greatly affects the employees’ attitudes.
Supervisors can influence safety performance by:

 Setting policies that requires high safety performance.
 Providing resources, handouts, and materials to achieve those policies.
 Demonstrating the commitment to safety by:
 Personal involvement in health and safety matters
 Encouraging employees to approach high standards on safety
 Giving health and safety equal consideration with everyone in the company.
 Being knowledgeable in health and safety issues.
Safety Responsibility of Line Supervisors

The immediate job of preventing accidents and controlling work health hazards falls upon
the supervisor, not because it has been arbitrarily assigned to him, but because safety
and production control are closely associated supervisory functions.
The largest share of responsibility in the substantial reduction of accidents and injuries
on the job falls on the shoulder of the supervisors, not because accident prevention
and production control are closely associated to supervisory functions. Whether or not a
company has a safety program, the supervisor has these principal responsibilities:
 Establishing work methods
 Giving job instructions
 Assigning people to jobs
 Supervising people at work
 Maintaining the equipment and the workplace
 Instill safety consciousness
 Proper safety equipment
 Effective machinery and equipment maintenance
 Education and training program
210
These principal responsibilities of the supervisor are the very activities through which the
work of preventing accidents is carried out. A brief examination of these jobs and their
relation to safety will make this fact apparent.
Establishing work methods that well understood and consistently followed is essential
to orderly and safe operation. Many injuries and health hazards have been reported to
result from “unsafe method or procedure”, when later investigation disclosed that no
standard method or procedure had been set up for those jobs. The method was declared
hazardous only after it resulted in an accident. Making sure that safe procedures are
established is a supervisory responsibility.
Giving job instruction, with necessary emphasis on safety aspects of the job, will help
eliminate one of the most frequent causes of accidents – lack of knowledge or skill. If
employees are expected to do their work safely, supervisors must show them exactly how
to do the work and must make sure that the employees have the knowledge and skill to
do it in exactly that manner.
Assigning people to jobs is closely related to job instruction. Whether a supervisor

makes a work assignment, safety, as well as good job performance, requires that he be
sure the worker is qualified to do the job and thoroughly understands the work method.
Even an experienced worker needs some direction.
Supervising people at work is necessary even after a safe work method. People
deviate from established safe practices, and injuries result. Usually, it is then found that
the injured employees have been neglecting safe practices. In order to prevent injuries
from this cause, supervisors must watch for unsafe work methods and correct them as
soon as they are observed.
Maintaining equipment and workplace in safe condition is no different from maintaining

them in efficient condition. Accidents result from tools and equipment in poor condition,
from tools and equipment in poor condition, from a disorderly workplace, or from
makeshift tools used because the right tools are not available. The supervisor who keeps
his department and equipment in top condition helps to prevent accidents as well as to
improve efficiency.
Instill safety consciousness is being obtained, initially thru a good housekeeping

program. Any employee’s attitude is greatly influenced by his surroundings. If an area,
section or line is cluttered when an employee starts a job, chances are, human nature
being what it is, it will remain cluttered. On the other hand, an area that is well kept
should induce the average employee to keep his area clean. A neat and orderly shop can
often prevent many unnecessary accidents, as well as promote safe work attitudes. It is
therefore, the responsibility of line supervisor to see that a clean and orderly work is
maintained.
211
Proper safety equipment. A supervisor has the responsibility to make sure his workers
are provided with the proper safety equipment before starting a job and to see to it that
such equipment is used throughout the work day. Safety equipment is of no value unless
the employee utilizes it. The supervisor must determine what particular safety equipment
is necessary on each job as well as ensure that each employee wears the general safety
equipment required.
Effective machinery and equipment maintenance. A supervisor must make sure that
the machinery and equipment being operated by his workers are functioning properly and
equipped with the required safeguarding devices. Machinery that is not functioning
properly can be dangerous to the employee and can also be the cause of unnecessary
failure of the machinery due entirely to a malfunction. Not only can this be an
unnecessary safety hazard, but it could also be costly. Quite often a piece of equipment
or machinery is being operated with something minor wrong with it. Without proper
attention, this particular equipment could fail altogether and possibly lead to a major and
expensive repair which might have been avoided had equipment been given immediate
attention upon the supervisor’s first realization that is was not functioning properly.
Education and training program. Education does not stop at school; it is continuing
process. As education is the responsibility of a teacher or professor in schools, the
education of the workers in industry is relegated to the line supervisor. Educating our
workers to safety may be done gradually by giving the importance of safety to at least two
people at a time. He must convince them that he is taking a personal interest in their
welfare; which will have a tendency to promote cooperation and establish a good attitude.
The safety responsibility of the supervisor should not be minimized. Although many of us
are aware the Good Housekeeping, properly safety equipment, standard safeguarding
devices and the supervisor’s safety awareness are all important for a safe plant, it is often
necessary to remind us of their importance.
Things to Remember:
 The supervisor is management on the front line.
 The Supervisor’s behavior and the way he views on safety and health greatly affects
the employees’ attitude.
 The largest share of responsibility in the substantial reduction of accidents and
injuries on the job falls on the shoulders of the supervisors.
212
SECTION 18– HUMAN ELEMENTS IN SAFETY
The foremost compelling way of progressing safety performance is to get it the human
components in safety. This persuades individuals to center the workers attention and
activity to undertake harder and endure until a craved future state has been come to.
Individuals gotten to be disappointed when their objectives cannot be come to. There are
numerous ways to respond against any circumstances, but the enthusiastic responses
are awesome concern to the safety officer/supervisor.
Men, machines and materials are still the three components of industry that can be
controlled, but the human factor must be guided in the interests of accident prevention.
Accidents can occur when there is failure in some unit in the industrial process may it be
equipment, materials, methods, safety devices, or the industrial worker, the human unit.
To impact work states of mind and persuade the workers, the safety professional must
work with and in spite of the fact that the line supervisor or foreman or the person in
closest contact with a group or worker. The victory of the program depends on the
acknowledgment, believe, and compliance of the concerned workers.
Psychological Factors In Safety

 Individual Differences
People differ in behavior & attitudes.
 Motivations
Conflicting motivations should be considered in any attempt to understand
 Emotions
People frequently act at the emotional level
 Attitudes
Closely allied to emotions
 Learning process
Depends on the age
Human Elements In Safety

 Human elements motivate people to focus their attention & action to try harder and to
persist until a desired future state has been reached.
 The amount of effort and energy that people use to reach a target depends on how
much of a challenge the target represents.
 People will be reluctant to try and reach a goal that they think is unrealistic or
impossible to achieve.
 A specific challenging target clarifies what constitutes good performance & removes
ambiguity.
213
Certain Human Elements will affect target achievement
 People’s knowledge and ability
 The level of achievement people aspires to
 How committed people are to reach a target
 People’s self-belief that they can reach a target
 Being informed about how well people are doing
In combination, goals & feedbacks are more powerful than either one alone
 Targets inspire people to achieve
 Feedbacks tell people how well they are doing.
 Three forms of feedback used in Behavioral Safety Process
 Verbal – at the point of observation
 Graphical – in the workplace
 Weekly discussion meetings
Human Relations
 The art of getting along with people
 The process of inter-action between two or more persons during which an
atmosphere of mutual trust and understanding is created.
Factors Effecting Man’s Behavior

 Physical characteristics
 Emotional stability
 Previous work experiences
 Work attitudes
 Aptitude – quickness in learning or understanding
 Physical and emotional needs
Attitudes
 Are Enduring Reaction Towards People, Places or Objects Based on Our Beliefs &
Emotional Feelings
 Tendency to React Positively or Negatively in Regard to an Object
Motivation
 A positive motivation is a perceived need that the individual expects to satisfy in either
the near or distant future. A negative motivation is a perceived need to avoid a
particular circumstance expected to be uncomfortable or “pushing”
214
 People have more than one source of motivation, the relative value of each varying
with upbringing, environment, experience, and immediate and long-term
circumstances and expectations.
 Establishment of a well-run effective safety program is compatible with present
knowledge of the factors favorable to work motivation.
Management Theories
Theory 1 – teaches that the worker is not innately motivated to work productively and
carefully, and therefore requires a system of clearly defined rewards and punishment to
encourage him or her to perform to his/her full potential.
Theory 2 – views work as natural and rewarding human activity and hold that the worker
is interested in and motivated toward his work.
Job Enrichment Theory – is a further extension of Theory 2. This theory has been widely
accepted in industry. Advocates of the job enrichment support the classic “hygienic” concern
for establishing a healthy, pleasant, unthreatening environment in the workplace.
Target Inspire people to achieve and feedbacks tell people how well they are doing.
Forms feedback used in Behavioral Safety Process:

 Verbal – at the point of observation
 Graphical – in the workplace
 Weekly discussion meetings
Key Points:
 Men, machines and materials are still the three components of industry that can be
controlled, but the human factor must be guided in the interests of accident
prevention.
 The most effective way of improving safety performance is to understand the human
elements in safety.
 The success of the program depends on the acceptance, trust, and compliance of the
affected employees.
 The human factor operates at all levels in the industry and perhaps the most potent
factor success or failure of a safety program. In every area of industry, top
management to supervisorial level to the workers, the human factor must be dealt
with.
 Targets inspire people to achieve and feedbacks tell people how well they are doing.
215
SECTION 19 – COMMUNICATING OSH IN ALL LEVELS OF THE ORGANIZATION
The possible reasons to communicate OSH:
 To induce to workers to work, willing to achieve a given task;
 To learn the importance of effective communication among entitles in the workplace
to the success of preventing an accident.
 To increase the knowledge in accelerated learning making it enjoyable successful
and satisfying experience.
Accident in the industry can occur when there’s a failure of some unit in the industrial
process: equipment, materials, methods, safety devices, or the industrial worker – the
human unit.
Encouragement is ordinarily considered to most need to have something, it is additionally

similarly and frequently, not needing something. An employee may need to utilize a safety
device, whereas others may not need to utilize. Others may be persuaded to avoid harm;
others want speed work to extend generation of product or services. Motivation is inferred
from nonexclusive, social, and social variables, manners of family, companions, work place
peers and supervisors.
Motivation is usually considered to most want to have something, it is also equally and often,
not wanting something. An employee may want to use a safety device, while others may not
want to use. Others may be motivated to avoid injury; others want speed work to increase
production. Motivation is derived from generic, social, and cultural factors, attitudes of
family, friends, workplace peers and supervisors.
Behavior motivation is a safety observation process that involves significant workplace

participation, targets specific unsafe behaviors, it is based on observational data collection,
it involves data-driven decision-making process, involves a systematic observational
improvement intervention, involves regular focused feedback about ongoing performance,
and lastly, it requires visible ongoing support from all management levels.
Motivation is defined as inducing people to work with will to achieve a given task.
Objective of Motivation
 To improve safety performance through behavior motivation.
 All of these are nothing, if we would not use the above results of success as tools
to attain or provide “HAPPINESS”
The objective of Motivation is for us and our subordinates to gain success where:
 We develop talents
 We strengthen or improve our position
216
 We gain power
 We reap honors
 We win friends
Job Motivators
 Achievement
 Recognition
 Work itself
 Responsibility
 Professional growth
Motivation
 Individual’s tendency toward action in a given situation.
 It is the individual who acts or behaves in a given situation
 Goal-Directed School of Motivation
 Needs Hierarchy Theory
 Need Achievement Theory
Theories of Motivation
 Traditional theory – theory made by Frederick W. Taylor. Taylor’s ideas were
based on his belief that existing reward systems were not designed to reward
employees/ individuals for high production, but he felt that if productive people, then
the output of highly productive people will decrease. His solution for this was to design
a system where an employee was compensated according to individual production;
thus, employees could in many cases significantly increase pay for production above
the standard.
 Hawthorne Effect – the attention to employees, not work conditions, was the
dominant influence on productivity. The Hawthorne Effect refers to the fact that people
will modify their behavior simply because they are being observed.
 The Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs – the human needs in the form of a hierarchy
should be satisfied in order, form the lowest to the highest needs.
 Physiological Needs – the needs of the body that must be satisfied in order to
sustain life
 Safety and Security Needs – are concerned with participation against danger,
threat or deprivation
 Social Needs – is the need for love, affection, belonging- all are concerned with
establishing one’s position relative to others.
217
 Ego or Esteem Needs - influences the development of various kinds of
relationships based on adequate, independence and the giving and receiving of
indications of self-esteem and acceptance.
 Self- Actualization or Self- Fulfillment Needs – are the needs of people to
reach their full potential in applying their abilities and interests to functioning in
their environment.
 McGregor’s Theory X & Y – McGregor categorizes the assumptions upon which

traditional organizations based into theory “X” and the assumptions consisted with the
modern organizations and current research literature into theory “Y”.
Theory X and Theory Y were first explained by McGregor in his book, "The Human
Side of Enterprise," and they refer to two styles of management – authoritarian
(Theory X) and participative (Theory Y). ... Managers who use this approach trust
their people to take ownership of their work and do it effectively by themselves.
 Theory X managers believes that:

 The average person is by nature lazy, he works as little as possible
 He lacks ambition, dislikes responsibility, prefer to be led
 He is inherently self-centered, indifferent to organizational change
 He is gullible and not very bright
 Theory Y managers believe that:
 If work can be made interesting, it becomes natural and needed part of human
existence
 People are able to organize and direct their own if they are aware of what is
expected and are trusted.
 Everybody wants to feel import and will welcome responsibility if proper given.
 Most people are more intelligent, creative and interested than their supervisors
realize.
Reinforces
 Positive Reinforcement
 An act is followed by a pleasurable reward (e.g. You do something right and
your boss praises you)
 Negative Reinforcement
 You do something right and your boss doesn’t criticize you as he usually
does.
 Extinction
 You do something wrong and your boss doesn’t praise you as he often does.
 Punishment
 You do something wrong and your boss criticize you
218
Law of Effect
If our actions have pleasant effects, then we will be more likely to repeat them in the
future. if however, our actions have unpleasant effects, we are less likely to repeat
them in the future.
Habit
 85% of our behavior in a given day is probably dictated by habit
 A tendency toward an action or condition, which by repetition has become
involuntary.
 Formed through direct & repetitious experience
 Conscious thought process is bypassed
 Development of habit is automatic if the response is continued & reinforced
Values
 Enduring principles upon which a person’s life is built
 Result of continued development & usually take rigid form as the person matures
 “The life you save maybe your own”
Emotions & Human Behavior

 A disturbed psychological condition which can be described as disintegrative activity
 Any feeling, as of love, joy, fear, hate, anger, etc. accompanied by complex
psychological changes
 90% involved in accidents had instances of provocation, frustration disappointment
 Emotions are integral part of the behavior pattern
Behavioral enhancement program

 Proper selection of personnel
 Prepared safety rules and regulations
 Adequate safety orientation/ familiarization
 Communicate “Must Do” on safety
 Monitor and rate safety personnel
 Communicate safety plans, limits and objectives
 Initiate motivational programs
 Know your employees
 Keep safety interesting
 Provide a safe working environment
219
Things to Remember:
 Motivation is usually considered to most want to have something.
 Behavior motivation is a safety observation process that involves significant
workplace participation targets specific unsafe behavior, it is based on observational
data collection, it intervention, involves regular focused feedback about ongoing
performance, and lastly, if requires visible ongoing support from all management
levels.
 Traditional Theory - existing reward systems were not designed to reward
employees/individuals for high production, but he felt if productive people discovered
that they are being compensated basically the same with less productive people, then
the output of highly productive people will decrease.
 Hawthorne Effect- the attention to employees, not work conditions, was the dominant
influence on productivity.
 The Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs- the human in the form of a hierarchy should be
satisfied in order, form the lowest to the highest needs.
Reference
https://www.mindtools.com/pages/article/newLDR_74.htm
220
SECTION 20 – COMMUNICATION IN SAFETY
Communication is characterized as the exchange of data, thoughts, sentiments information
and feelings between one person and group of people and another. The components of
communication are the sender, recipient, message, and input. With respect to safety, the
victory of anticipating a mishap, a delay or miscommunication is within the exertion of how
well the employees communicate with one another.
The supervisor holds the key to the communication between the top administration and the
employees. Boundless communication between the top supervisor’s victory in his accident
avoidance program, for making a zero-accident working environment, etc. The employees
are moreover imperative within the supervisor’s success since they are the ones who are
getting the message and gives input.
The Communication Cycle

Communication does not limit to what the workers and supervisor say, it also depends on
what they do or don’t do. This is an example of non-verbal communication.
Non-verbal communication can be communicated if the workers don’t do what they are
supposed to do, or fi they do something that is not right.
Communication can also be written. Writing a memo is an example of a written
communication, however, getting the feedback may be difficult that face-to-face
communication. Follow up verbal or oral communication.
Basic Elements of Communication:

 The Sender – the one who delivers the message
 The Message – the thought the information
 The Receiver – one who accepts the message
 The Feedback – the output of the communication cycle.
Importance of communication
 It is about how information is sent and received within firms
 It is crucial for working successfully with others
 It enables to maintain relationships
 It allows to accomplish tasks while working with both individuals and groups
 It motivates
 It helps to overcome obstacles
 It creates a comfortable, trustful and psychological safe feeling
221
Seven (7’s) for Effective Business Communication
 Clarify
 Completeness
 Conciseness
 Consideration (The ‘you’ Attitude)
 Correctness (Accuracy)
 Concreteness
 Courtesy
Questioning Techniques
It is crucial for effective communication to ask the right questions.
Asking the right questions help to:
 Gather better information quickly.
 To learn more about a situation.
 To build stronger relationships.
 To manage people more effectively
 To avoid misunderstandings.
Open Questions
Open questions evoke longer answers. Open questions usually begin with what, why, how,
such a question asks the respondent for his or her knowledge, opinion or feelings.
When to Use:
 To develop an open frank conversation
 To find out more detail
 To learn about other person’s opinion or feelings or issues
Example:
 Why did he react that way?
Closed Questions
Closed questions generally evoke a single word or very short, factual answer
When to Use:
 To test your or the other person’s understanding
 To conclude a discussion or making a decision
 To set a reference frame for the person within which to answer
222
Example:
 Are you hungry?
Funnel Questions
Asking funnel questions involves starting with general questions, and then zooming in on a
point in each answer. Then, you move on to asking more and more detail at each level.
Hence, generally, when using funnel questioning, start with closed questions. As you
progress though the funnel, start using more open questions.
When to Use:
 To find out more detail about a specific point.
 To gain the interest or increase the confidence of the person you’re speaking with.
Example:
 “How many people were involved in the fight?”
 “About seven”
 “Were they kids or adult?”
 “Mostly adults.”
Probing Questions
Probing questions are asked to try to lead the respondent to your way of thinking. It is
important to note here that leading questions tend to be closed.
When to Use:
 To gain clarification
 To draw information out of people unwilling to give information
Example:
 Who exactly, wanted this report?
Leading Questions
Leading questions are asked to try to lead the respondent to your way of thinking. It is
important to note here that leading questions tend to be closed.
When to Use:
 To get the answer you want but letting the other person believe that they had a
choice
 To close a sale.
223
Example:
 Option 2 is better, isn’t it?
Some Tips for Communication Safety in the workplace

Safety propaganda is the process of getting a range of messages across to people and
may take a number of forms; here are some example:
 Safety Posters.
Safety posters are used to reinforce messages to employees, for example, how to
wear proper PPE on the workplace, the correct usage of eye protection, head
protection, correct manual handling, different chemical symbols and the smoking and
non-smoking sites.
 Safety Videos.
There are many excellent videos available to reinforce safety in the workplace. A
good way of making the message of the video retentive in their minds is to have them
in the cafeteria while they are having a break, or in any place that they can see it all
the time. Safety videos can also be a part of a scheduled training activity.
 Information, Instruction and Training.

Giving information implies the imparting of factual knowledge by one person to
another, a supervisor to an employee for example. ‘Instruction’ involves orienting the
people what they should and should not do. It may include supervision to tell whether
they understood the message or not. Training is a systematic development of
attitude, knowledge and skill patterns requires by an individual to perform adequately
a given task or job. It is an ongoing process throughout a person’s career.
Effective Listening
 A Good listener shows interest in every subject. He focuses on the content not on
the delivery, rational not emotional and concentrates to the message.
 A Bad listener is dry to uninteresting subjects, puts off by poor delivery and
concludes before delivery in\d completed, reacts to emotional words, has fake
attention/concentration and takes several less important notes.
Listening can be classified in three ways:

 On-the Job Listening
 Listening to the boss, people who report to us; other supervisors and all others at
work.
 Social Listening
 Listening we do off-the-job, outside the family circle, to friends, neighbors, etc.
 Family Listening
224
 Listening to our spouses, children, parents and other family members.
Five Keys to Improve Listening

 Stop Talking. In two-way communication, when you are the listeners, stop talking so
that you can listen to all that is being said.
 Empathize. Learn how to relate to other people’s feeling and you will get better
understanding of what he/she feels. Understanding is the secret to successful
communication.
 Maintain Eye Contact. This serves a dual purpose. First, It helps you to concentrate
on what is being said; second, it shows the speaker that you are listening.
 Share Responsibility for Communication. The “receiver” is just as responsible as
the “sender” for good communication.
 Clarify. When listening, if you do not understand any part of the message, be sure to
ask questions until the meaning is clear.
225
SECTION 21– FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCELERATED LEARNING
Learning is securing modern information, behaviors, aptitudes, values, inclinations or
understanding. And may include creating distinctive sorts of data. The capacity to
learning is needed by people, creatures and a few machines.
Accelerated learning could be a strategy of instruction that gives a climate where

attendees/students are able to adapt and grasp ideas by overcoming conventional
boundaries of learning. The thought stems from the developing principle that ancient
known approaches are not continuously successful. The approach looks for to
consolidate humor and a comfortable setting to empower learners to memorize quicker
and better.
Accelerated learning could be a multidimensional approach where learners are in

coordinate control of what they are learning. In expansion, it guarantees that a specific
thought or concept will be caught on with less time. Training costs will take a toll lower
and more prominent consideration can be centered in cross-training. In expansion,
learners are anticipated to be back at work sooner than anticipated.
The guiding principle of accelerated learning is the use of suggestion through positive
speaking, positive expectation, and positive feedback to learners. Positive suggestion is
an advanced stage of speaking that creates and supports positive action. Accelerative
trainers form the habit of developing positive learner expectations toward learning and
performance, and of interacting positively with learners throughout the training.
Adult learning is the practice of teaching and educating adults. Adult education takes
place in the workplace, through ‘extension’ or ‘continuing education’ courses at
secondary schools, or at colleges or universities. Other learning places include folk high
schools, community colleges, and lifelong learning centers.
Principle of Adult Learning

 Adults are autonomous and self-directed. They need to be free to direct
themselves. Their teachers must actively involve adult participants in the learning
process and serve as facilitators for them. Specifically, they must get participants’
perspectives about what topics to cover and let them work on projects that reflect
their interests. They should allow the participants to assume responsibility for
presentations and group leadership. They have to be sure to act as facilitators,
guiding participants to their own knowledge rather than supplying them with facts.
Finally, they must show participants how the class will help them reach their goals
(e.g., via personal goals sheet).
 Adults are goal-oriented. Upon enrolling in a course, they usually know what goal
they want to attain. They, therefore, appreciate an educational program that is
organized and has clearly defined elements. Instructors must show participants
226
how this class will help them attain their goals. This classification of goals and
course objectives must be done early in the course.
 Adults are practical, focusing on the aspects of a lesson most useful to them in
their work. They may not be interested in knowledge for its own sake. Instructors
must tell participants explicitly how the lesson will be useful to them on the job.
Adult Learners have Differences

 Physical Differences
 Emotional Differences
 Intellectual Differences
 Learning Style Differences
Techniques to Motivate Adult Learners:

 Show a Need
 Develop an intent to learn
 Maintain interest
 Encourage early success
 Give recognition and credit
 Avoid emotional response
 Use honest praise and avoid blame
 Be professional
Gaining Respect From Adult Learners:

 Display genuine interest
 Lesson preparation
 Responsive in discussion
 Have a positive attitude toward learners
 Maturity
 Skill and Knowledge base
 Be response to learners needs
 Pace of Class
 Individual Differences/Learning Styles
 Relevance of material
 Be intellectual honest in response to questions
 Be consistent and objective
 Avoid sarcasm or ridicule
227
What is Accelerated Learning?

More has been discovered about how the human brain works in the last 25 years than in
all history to date. The Accelerated Learning Method is based on that research.
We each have a preferred learning style – a way of learning that suits us best. If you
know and use the techniques that match your preferred way of learning, you learn more
naturally. Because it is more natural for you, it becomes easier and because it is easier, it
is quicker.
Hence the name – Accelerated Learning. By also incorporating well-researched memory
techniques, Accelerated Learning makes learning an enjoyable, successful and satisfying
experience.
Visual, Auditory, and Kinesthetic Learning Styles (VAK)

The VAK learning style uses the three main sensory receivers: Auditory, and Kinesthetic
(movement) to determine the dominant learning style. It is sometimes known as VAKT
(Visual, Auditory, Kinesthetic & Tactile).
It is based on modalities – channels by which human expression can take place and is
composed of a combination of perception and memory.
VAK is derived from the accelerated learning world and seems to be about the most
popular model nowadays due to its simplicity.
Learners use all three modalities to receive and learn new information and experiences.
However, according to the VAK or modality theory, one or two of these receiving styles is
normally dominant. This dominant style defines the best way for a person to learn new
information by filtering what is to be learned. This style may not always to be the same
tasks. The learner may prefer one style of learning for one task, and a combination of
others for a different task.
Classically, our learning style is forced upon us through life like this: In grades
kindergarten to third, new information is presented to us kinesthetically, grades 4 – 8 are
visually presented; while grades 9 to college and on into the business environment,
information is presented to us mostly through auditory means, such as lectures.
According to the VAK theorists, we need to present information using all three styles. This
allows all learners the opportunity to become involved, no matter what their preferred
style may be.
Auditory learners often talk to themselves. They also may move their lips and read out
loud. They may have difficulty with reading and writing task. They often do better talk to a
colleague or a tape recorder and hearing what was said. To integrate this style into the
learning environment:
228
 Begin new material with a brief explanation of what is coming. Conclude with a
summary of what has been covered. This is the old adage of “tell them what they
are going to learn, teach them, and tell them what they have learned.”
 Use the Socratic method of lecturing by questioning learners to draw as much
information from them as possible and then fill in the gaps with you own expertise.
 Includes auditory activities, such as brainstorming, buzz groups, or Jeopardy.
 Leave plenty of time to debrief activities. This allows them to make connections of
what they learned and how it applies to their situation
 Have the learners verbalized the questions?
 Develop an internal dialogue between yourself and the learners.
Visual learners have two sub-channels – linguistic and spatial. Learners who are visual-
linguistic like to learn through written language, such as reading and writing tasks. They
remember what has been written down, even if they do not read it more than once. They like
to write down directions and pay better attention to lectures if they watch them. Learners
who are visual-spatial usually have difficult with the written language and do better with
charts, demonstrations.
Videos, and other visual materials. they easily visualize faces and places by using their
imagination and seldom get lost in new surroundings. To integrate this style into the learning
environment:
 Use graphs, charts, illustrations, or other visual aids.
 Include outlines, concept maps, agendas, handouts, etc. for reading and taking
notes.
 Include plenty of content in handouts to re-read after the learning session.
 Leave while space in handouts for note taking.
 Invite questions to help them stay alert in auditory environments.
 Post flip charts to show what will come and what has been presented.
 Emphasize key points to cue when to take notes.
 Eliminate potential distractors.
 Supplement textual information with illustrations whenever possible
 Have them draw pictures in the margins.
 Have the learners envision the topic or have them act out the subject matter.
Kinesthetic learners do best while touching and moving. It also has two sub-channels:
kinesthetics (movement) and tactile (touch). They tend to lose concentration if there is little
or no external stimulation or movement. When listening to lectures they may want to take
notes for the sake of moving their hands. When reading, they like to scan the material first,
and then focus in on the details (get the big picture first). They typically use color high
lighters and take notes by drawing pictures, diagrams, or doodling. To integrate this style
into the learning environment:
229
 Use activities that get the learners up and moving.
 Play music, when appropriate, during activities.
 Use colored markers to emphasize key points on flip charts or white boards.
 Give frequent stretch breaks (brain breaks).
 Provide toys such as Koosh balls and Play-Dough to give them something to do
with their hands.
 To highlight a point, provide gum, candy, scents, etc. which provides a cross link of
scent (aroma) to the topic at hand (scent can be a powerful cue)
 Provide high lighters, colored pens and/or pencils.
 Guide learners through a visualization of complex tasks.
 Have them transfer information from the text to another medium such as a
keyboard or a tablet.
Right Brain vs. Left Brain

This theory of the structure and functions of the mind suggests that the two different sides
of the brain control two different “modes” of thinking. It also suggests that each of us
prefers one mode over the other.
Left Brain Right Brain
Experiment has shown that the two different sides,

Random
or hemisphere, of the brain are responsible for Logical
different manners of thinking. The following table Intuitive
Sequential
illustrates the differences between left-brain and Holistic
Rational
right-brain thinking. Synthesizing
Analytical
Subjective
Objective
Most individuals have a distinct preference for one Looks at
of these styles of thinking. Some, however, are Looks at parts
wholes
more whole -brained and equally adept at both
modes.
In general, schools tend to favor left-brain modes of thinking, while downplaying the right-
brain ones. Left-brain scholastic subjects focus downplaying the right-brain ones. Left-
brain scholastic subjects focus on logical thinking, analysis, and accuracy. Right-brained
subjects, on the other hand, focus on aesthetics, feeling, and creativity.
Things to Remember:
 Learning is acquiring new knowledge, behaviors, values, preferences or
understanding, and may involve synthesizing different types of information.
 Learning is complex process
 Adult learning is the practice of teaching and educating adults
 The practice is also often referred to as ‘Training and Development and is
often associate with workforce or professional development.
230
 Adults need to be free to direct themselves.
 Adults are practical, focusing on the aspects of a lesson most useful to them in
their work.
References;
Source Citation (MLA 8th Edition)
McKeon, Kevin J. "What is this thing called accelerated learning?" Training & Development,
June 1995, p. 64+. Gale Academic Onefile, Accessed 1 Dec. 2019.
https://www.oreilly.com/library/view/accelerated-learningtraining-
basics/759209/759209_ch01lev1sec2.html
231
SECTION 22 – RE – ENTRY PROGRAM
Learners of the BOSH training are presently required to apply what they learned. The re-
entry program presents the BOSH learners to his/her new role within the security committee.
The re-entry for the Safety and Health Committee is laid outlined as follows:
 Review
After completing the BOSH training, learners need to review their notes,
manuals, workshop exercises, experiences and other materials.
 Application
When the learner returns their respective companies, they should make a
verbal or written report to their supervisor signifying their intention to apply the
contents of the BOSH training. The simplest way to immediately use the
material is by specific task, so as not get overwhelmed by the project.
Guide to Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Programming

What is an OHS Program?
 It could be an arrangement or diagram of exercises arranged to encourage safety
awareness among administration and employees to prevent, minimize or eliminate
mishaps or sicknesses within the work environment.
 It is strategy utilized by administration to delegate and assign obligation for accident
anticipation, safety and wellbeing advancement, wellbeing security, and support, and
in this manner guarantee dynamic exhibitions beneath that duty.
Types of OHS Program

 Occupational Safety Program/Safety Program
 Occupational Health Program/Health Program
Key Elements of OHS Programs

 Key elements of the Safety Program
 Accident prevention
 Safety promotion
 Key element of the Health Program
 Health protection and maintenance
 Health awareness and promotion
OHS Program Responsibility

 Management role is very crucial since only top management has the authority to
implement the program.
 Top management can make a program effective, through the support of a company
policy.
232
 An effective program provides a company with a working environment in which
operations are conducted economically, efficiently and safely.
Basic Elements of a Successful OHS Program

1. Management Leadership
2. Assignment of responsibility
3. Maintenance of safe working conditions
4. Establishment of safety trainings
5. Accident record system
6. Medical and First aid system
7. Acceptance of personal responsibilities
1. Management Leadership (assumption of responsibility, declaration of policy)

 Management has to make a written statement of its attitude toward safety and
health in the workplace.
 This can be set forth in a policy which must be brief and clearly defines
management attitude towards safety and health of workers.
Defined Management attitude towards OHS

 Enforcing of safety and health practices and conditions
 Compliance with company policies
 Following safety and health instructions
 Obtaining good preventive maintenance of equipment or selection of proper
equipment when purchasing.
 Regular monitoring of workers health through annual physical exams, special
examinations, periodic conduct of WEM.
A company Safety and Health policy should basically state that …

 The safety and health of employees, the public and the company operations are
paramount.
 Safety and health will take precedence over expediency or shortcuts.
 Every attempt will be made to reduce the possibility of accident and illnesses
occurrence.
 The company intends to comply with all OSH laws, standards and ordinances.
2. Assignment of responsibility
 When safety and health policy has been set, the management delegates the
everyday task of carrying out said policy to the safety manager, company doctor,
supervisor, and foreman and/or health and safety committee.
233
The establishment of a safety and health committee is another excellent means of
developing, implementing and maintaining safety and health prevention measures
in the company.
3. Maintenance of safe and healthful working conditions

 Revise operational methods to eliminate risks/hazards
 Apply mechanical guarding
 Isolate hazardous operations or storage
 Use PPEs
 Adequate and proper ventilation, lighting
 Proper use and maintenance of tools and equipment
 Sanitation/housekeeping
 Fire control measures
 Substitute hazardous materials with less hazardous
Appraise plant’s safety and health conditions through:

 Regular routine inspection
 Special inspection
 Follow-ups to see if recommendations for safety and health maintenance are met
or are being carried out.
4. Establishment of safety and health trainings

 Training courses should be both for supervisors and workers.
 For new workers – to orient and or familiarize newly hired personnel
 On-the-job training – for those already in the service for some time
 Refresher – to reacquaint of refresh memories
 Supervisory training
 Participant in safety and health activities
5. Accident Record System

 Includes accident analysis, reports on injuries, and measurement results
 Provides means for an objective evaluation of the safety program.
 Identify high-injury rate areas, departments.
 Provide information on the causes of accidents contributory to high injury rates.
6. Medical and First Aid System

The medical department of a company is tasked with the following activities:
234
 Conducts pre-employment physical exams for proper physical check-up and
proper placement of workers.
 Conducts periodic Physical Exams of workers
 Recommends workers exposed to harmful toxic substances for special
examinations.
 Arrange surveys of new operations or processes to know what exposures are
detrimental to safety and health of workers.
 Establishes a system for assigning injured workers on the kind of job they can
handle despite of their condition.
 Provisions for emergency situations
7. Acceptance of personal responsibility of workers

 Observe safe and health practices and procedures
 Have regard at all times for the safety and health of fellow workers
 Report any unsafe condition that may call his attention
 Suggest, recommend, contribute ideas for the improvement of working conditions
 Participate actively whenever appointed with responsible.
Factors which promote interest in safety and health

 Fear of personal injury
 Fear of economic loss
 Desire for reward
 Desire for leadership
 Desire to excel and be outstanding
 Protection of others
 Creating a favorable impression
How to promote safety and health in the workplace?

 Examples by management
 Examples by supervision
 Education and training
Methods of promoting safety and health at work

 Regular meetings
 Use of posters, bulletin boards, publications
 Contests
 Injury rate
 Interdepartmental / intergroup
235
 Interpolate / intradepartmental
 Personalized contests (safety slogans, poster, housekeeping)
How to start a Safety and Health Program

1. Management initiative and leadership
2. Setting up the staff
3. Outlining policy and general methods of procedure
4. Studying plan’s safety and health history / status
5. Detailed study of accident / illnesses statistics
6. Involvement of the different departments
7. Preparation of the health and safety program
OSH program implementation and evaluation:

Phase 1 – Management Commitment & Involvement
Phase 2 – Establish a Baseline
Phase 3 – Set Goals
Phase 4 – Improvement Strategies
Phase 5 – Review and Adjust
236
RE – ENTRY PLAN
Name:
Company: Date:
Occupational Activities I will

Person(s), Agency
Safety, Health initiate in
(ies)/Institutions
and Environment response to Time Frame Remarks
who can assist/help
Concerns in our the OSHE
me
Workplace Concern
Source: OSH Center form

237
Annexed
Salient Features of Occupational Safety and Standards?

What are the duties and responsibilities of the employers and the employees in
relation to enforcement and compliance with OSH Standards in the workplace?
Rule 1005: Duties of Employer
 Furnish his workers a place of employment free from hazardous conditions.
 Comply with the requirements of the Standards.
 Give complete job safety instruction to all his workers.
 Use only approved devices and equipment in his workplace.
 Adoption administrative policies on safety in accordance with the provisions of the
Standards;
 Report to the Regional Director or his /her duly authorized representative the policies
adopted and the safety organization established;
 Submit reports to the Regional Director or his/her duly authorized representative once in
every three months on the safety performance, safety committee meetings and its
recommendations and measures taken to implement the recommendation;
 Act on recommended safety measures;
 Provide access to appropriate authorities.
Rule 1005: Duties of Employees

 Cooperate with the employer in carrying out the provisions of the Standards.
 Report any work hazard to his /her supervisor
 Follow all instructions by the employer in compliance with the OSHS provisos
 Make proper use of safeguard and safety devices.
 Follow safety policies;
 Report unsafe conditions and practices to the Supervisor;
 Serve as member of the Health and Safety Committee;
 Cooperate with Health and Safety Committee;
 Assist government agencies in the conduct of safety health inspection.
General Provisions (Rule 1010)

Duties of Other Persons
Any person including builders or contractors, who visits, builds, innovates or installs devices
in establishments or workplaces shall comply with provision of OSHS rules and all
regulations issued by the employer in the in compliance with the Standards and other
issuances of the Secretary.
238
Rule 1020 – Registration
Every employer shall register his/her business with the Regional Labor Office or authorized
representative to provide the DOLE with information as guide in its enforcement activities.
Free of change
 Valid for lifetime, except when there is change in name, location, ownership; opening
after previous closing
Rule 1050 – Notification & Keeping of Accident and/or Occupational illnesses

Notification - All work accidents or occupational illnesses, resulting in disabling conditions
or dangerous occurrences shall be reported by the employer to the Regional Labor Office If
Major work accidents results in death or permanent total disability, employer shall initially
notify the Regional Labor office within 24 hours.
Keeping of records – The employer shall maintain and keep an accident or illness record
that shall be open at all times for inspection to authorized personnel. Provides the safety
officer means for an objective evaluation of the program Helps identify high injury rates
Provides information on accident causes which contributes to high injury rates.
Rule 1070 – Occupational Health and Environmental Control

The employer shall exert efforts to maintain and control the working environment in
comfortable and healthy conditions for the purpose of promoting and maintaining the health
of his workers.
The employer shall carry out WEM where hazardous work is performed and shall keep a
record of such measurement that shall be made available to the enforcing authority
WEM shall include temperature, humidity, pressure, illumination, ventilation, concentration
of substances & noise.
Rule 1080 – Personal Protective Equipment and Devices

1081.04 – No person shall be subjected or exposed to a hazardous environmental condition
without protection.
1081.01 – Every employer shall at his own expense furnish his worker with protective
equipment and barriers whenever necessary.
Summary of Administrative Rules

Rule 1050 Notification and Keeping of Records of Accidents and/or Occupational Illnesses
Rule 1960 Occupational Health Services
Rule 1020 Registration of Business
Rule 1030 Training and Accreditation of Personnel in OSH
Rule 1040 Health and Safety Committee
239
Summary of Report Requirements
Work Accident/Illness Report (WAIR)
Annual Exposure Data Report (AEDR)
Report of Safety Organization (RSO)
Minutes of the Meetings of Health and Safety Committee
Annual Medical Report (AMR)
Note: Complete copy of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards can be download at
oshc.gov.ph
240
Republic Act No. 11058 – Approved August 17, 2018
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
Department Order No. 198 – Series of 2018
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
Department Order no. 183 – Series of 2017
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
Background of Corona Virus
Definition
Coronavirus disease (COVID-19) is an infectious disease caused by a newly discovered
coronavirus.
Coronaviruses are common in different animals. Rarely, an animal coronavirus can infect
humans. Other coronaviruses can cause more serious diseases, including severe acute
respiratory syndrome (SARS) and Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS).
A coronavirus is a kind of common virus that causes an infection in your nose, sinuses, or
upper throat. Most coronaviruses aren't dangerous.
History
COVID-19 appeared in Wuhan, a city in China, in December 2019. Although health officials
are still tracing the exact source of this new coronavirus, early hypotheses thought it may be
linked to a seafood market in Wuhan, China. Some people who visited the market
developed viral pneumonia caused by the new coronavirus.
A study that came out on Jan. 25, 2020, notes that the individual with the first reported case
became ill on Dec. 1, 2019, and had no link to the seafood market. Investigations are
ongoing as to how this virus originated and spread.
COVID-19 is known to target a person’s respiratory framework. Infected patients may
present signs and symptoms such as fever, cough, shortness of breath, muscle torment
and sore throat. A few patients may too be asymptomatic.
On 30 January 2020, the Philippine Department of Health detailed the primary case of
COVID-19 within the nation with a 38-year-old female Chinese national.
On 7 March, the primary local transmission of COVID-19 was affirmed. WHO is working
closely with the Department of Health in reacting to the COVID-19
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (WHO) has characterized COVID-19 as
widespread due to the exponential increment of the number of cases in more than 100
nations.
On March 16, 2020. President Rodrigo Roa Duterte put the complete Philippines beneath a
State of Misfortune in the midst of the dangers posed by COVID-19.
Overview
Most individuals infected with the COVID-19 will encounter mellow to direct respiratory
ailment and recuperate without requiring uncommon treatment. Elderly individuals and
those with comorbid issues like cardiovascular illness, diabetes, persistent respiratory
illness, and cancer are at high risk to critical conditions and deadly when this infection is
acquired.
COVID-19 spreads fundamentally through beads of spit or released from the nose when an
infected individual coughs or sneezes, so it’s imperative that the individual improves
respiratory behavior (for illustration, by coughing into a flexed elbow).
305
Prevention of transmission is to be educated about the COVID-19 infection, the illness it

causes and how it spreads. Ensure everyone in the workplace is washing their hands or
utilizing a 60%-80% alcohol-based rub regularly. Avoid also touching the face.
At this time, there are no particular antibodies or medicines for COVID-19. In any case,
there are numerous progressing clinical trials assessing potential medicines. WHO will
proceed to supply upgraded data as soon as clinical discoveries become accessible.
Signs and Symptoms
COVID-19 symptoms include cough, fever, shortness of breath, muscle aches, sore throat,
unexplained loss of taste or smell, diarrhea and headache. COVID-19 can be severe, and
some cases have caused death
In rare cases, COVID-19 can lead to severe respiratory problems, kidney failure or death.
If you have a fever or any kind of respiratory difficulty such as coughing or shortness of
breath, call your doctor or a health care provider and explain your symptoms over the
phone before going to the doctor’s office, urgent care facility or emergency room. Here are
suggestions if you feel sick and are concerned you might have COVID-19.
COVID-19 influences distinctive individuals in numerous ways. Most infected individuals will
experience mellow to direct sickness and recuperate without the need of hospitalization.
Most common symptoms:
 fever
 dry cough
 tiredness
Less common symptoms:
 aches and pains

 sore throat
 diarrhea
 conjunctivitis
 headache
 loss of taste or smell
 a rash on skin, or discoloration of fingers or toes
Serious symptoms:
 difficulty breathing or shortness of breath

 chest pain or pressure
 loss of speech or movement
Seek immediate medical attention for serious symptoms. Always call before visiting the
physician or health facility.
Persons with mild symptoms who are otherwise healthy may manage their symptoms at
home.
306
On average it takes 5–6 days from when someone is infected with the virus for symptoms to
show, however it can take up to 14 days.
Mode of Transmission
The virus is thought to spread mainly from person-to-person. Between people who are in
close contact with one another (within about 6 feet).
Through respiratory droplets produced when an infected person coughs, sneezes or talks.
These droplets can land in the mouths or noses of people who are nearby or possibly be
inhaled into the lungs.
Some recent studies have suggested that COVID-19 may be spread by people who are not
showing symptoms.
Risk Factors for COVID-19
• Age
The CDC reports that a majority of deaths from the initial outbreak in China occurred among
adults aged 60 and above. Italy, a country with one of the world’s oldest populations and
also one of the most affected by the outbreak, found that the average age of patients who
died from COVID-19 is 81.
This is because as people age, the body’s immune system begins to decline. This results in
a decrease in their white blood cell count, with these cells also becoming more ineffective at
identifying new pathogens.
Studies show that there is a steep decline in immune functions after reaching 70, making
the elderly more likely to suffer from infection and develop related complications.
Additionally, COVID-19 exhibits a behavior of damaging immune cells that can overcome
the virus, making an elderly’s immune system more susceptible to it.
• Underlying medical conditions
While COVID-19 causes only mild symptoms in most people infected with it, those with pre-
existing medical conditions are faced with the threat of developing severe complications
from the virus, including pneumonia and death.
High-risk conditions include chronic lung disease, moderate to severe asthma, serious heart
conditions, hypertension, and severe obesity (BMI of 40 and above). Other medical
conditions that are not well managed—diabetes, renal failure, or liver disease—can also be
grounds for an increased risk.
• Compromised immune system
Those who are immunocompromised have a reduced ability to fight off and recover from
infections, increasing their risk of contracting COVID-19, among others, and developing
more severe symptoms.
In addition, some treatments and medication—both for autoimmune diseases and other
concerns like cancer and bone marrow or organ transplantation—can weaken a person’s
immune response.
307
• Pregnancy
Despite more cases being detected worldwide, it is unclear if being pregnant increases
one’s risk for COVID-19. However, the changes in a pregnant woman’s body can put them
at higher risk for other infections.
Viruses in the same family as COVID-19, as well as other viral respiratory infections like
influenza, pose a higher risk of developing into more severe forms in pregnant women that
may also affect the baby.
How to Protect the Most Vulnerable from COVID-19
The best way to protect these vulnerable groups is to avoid any chance of being exposed to
COVID-19. Everyday preventive action can go a long way in averting the spread of COVID-
19 to those most at-risk.
• Don’t allow them to come into contact with sick people
Those who are infected with COVID-19 and those close to them can quickly spread the
virus to others, especially with close contact of around 6 ft. or less. Completely avoiding
contact with the sick helps protect high-risk people. Arrangements should be made to
ensure they are separated from the infected to lessen the risk.
• Encourage them to stay home and avoid
Given that COVID-19 is a new disease, there is no existing immunity for it, making it more
likely for the virus to quickly spread widely. High-risk people are advised to stay home and
avoid crowds.
• Make sure their hands are always washed clean with soap and water or disinfected
with alcohol or hand sanitizers
Regular and frequent hand washing is one of the most effective ways of killing the novel
coronavirus. Hand washing should last for at least 20 seconds and include scrubbing the
back of the hands, the spaces between fingers, and underneath the fingernails. If soap and
water are not available, any disinfectant that contains at least 60% alcohol can suffice for
the time being.
• Teach them to avoid touching their face
The COVID-19 virus can easily enter the body through the eyes, nose, and mouth,
especially when in a public area, making it all the more important for high-risk people not to
touch their faces. If necessary, they first need to ensure their hands have been thoroughly
disinfected and use a clean tissue to touch the specific area.
• Help them avoid contact with frequently touched surfaces in public areas
Handrails, door handles, elevator buttons, and the like are understandably filled with germs
and bacteria—even those causing COVID-19. If a loved one or companion cannot handle
these surfaces on their behalf, it is recommended to cover the area with a tissue before
touching.
308
• Routinely disinfect surfaces in living and working spaces

Doorknobs, tabletops, faucet handles, telephones and cellphones are just some of the living
and working spaces that can carry the virus. Regularly disinfecting with alcohol, bleach, and
other disinfection substances lessens the potential exposure to COVID-19.
• Practice respiratory hygiene
People, especially ones working or living with high-risk individuals, should be extra
cautious. Covering the nose and mouth with a clean tissue or the inside of the elbow when
sneezing or coughing prevents these droplets from completely entering the public space
and increasing the spread of infection.
• Ensure their maintenance medication and treatments are continued
For those with underlying medical conditions or are receiving treatment that suppresses the
immune system, there are significant risks involved if treatment and medications suddenly
stop. High-risk people need to continue their medication or treatment to avoid worsening
their conditions during the outbreak.
• Encourage them to practice regular care and health habits
The cure for COVID-19 has yet to be discovered, so maintaining a healthy lifestyle to keep
up the body’s natural disease-fighting capabilities is their first line of defense. High-risk
people need to focus on eating a well-balanced diet, managing stress levels, and getting
adequate sleep.
General Prevention
To anticipate contamination and to moderate transmission of COVID-19, do the following:
 Wash hands frequently with soap and water, or use 60-80% alcohol-based hand rub.
 Keep up at slightest a 1-meter distance between individuals coughing or sneezing.
 Avoid touching the face.
 Cover mouth and nose when coughing or sneezing.
 When feeling unwell it is better to stay at home.
 Abstain from smoking and other exercises that weaken the lungs.
 In addition, practice physical distancing by maintaining a strategic distance from
unessential travel and remaining away from wide gatherings of individuals.
Diagnosis/ Testing
Serologic methods have been developed and will have important public health and clinical
uses to monitor and respond to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Two kinds of tests are available for COVID-19: viral tests and antibody tests.
A viral test tells you if you have a current infection. An antibody test tells you if you had a
previous infection. An antibody test may not be able to show if you have a current infection,
because it can take 1-3 weeks after infection to make antibodies. We do not know yet if
having antibodies to the virus can protect someone from getting infected with the virus
again, or how long that protection might last.
309
Who should be tested?

To learn if you have a current infection, viral tests are used. But not everyone needs this
test.
Most people will have mild illness and can recover at home without medical care and may
not need to be tested.
CDC has guidance for who should be tested, but decisions about testing are made by state
and local external icon health departments or healthcare providers.
If you have symptoms of COVID-19 and want to get tested, call your healthcare provider
first.
You can also visit your state or local health department’s website to look for the latest local
information on testing.
Although supplies of tests are increasing, it may still be difficult to find a place to get tested.
Results
If you test positive for COVID-19 by a viral test, know what protective steps to take if you are
sick or caring for someone.
If you test negative for COVID-19 by a viral test, you probably were not infected at the time
your sample was collected. However, that does not mean you will not get sick. The test
result only means that you did not have COVID-19 at the time of testing.
If you test positive or negative for COVID-19, no matter the type of test, you still should take
preventive measures to protect yourself and others.
Monitor Your Health
Be alert for symptoms. Watch for fever, cough, shortness of breath, or other symptoms of
COVID-19.
Especially important if you are running essential errands, going into the office or workplace,
and in settings where it may be difficult to keep a physical distance of 6 feet.
Take your temperature if symptoms develop.
Don’t take your temperature within 30 minutes of exercising or after taking medications that
could lower your temperature, like acetaminophen.
310
High risk exposure – Close contact with a person with COVID-19 in the community. Having
contact with the infectious secretions from a patient with COVID-19 or contaminated patient
care environment, without using proper personal protective equipment (PPE) or not
performing appropriate hand hygiene
Low risk exposure – contact with a person with COVID-19 having not met criteria for high-
risk exposure (e.g., brief interactions with COVID-19 patients in the hospital or in the
community).
311
Prevention and Control of Covid-19 in the Workplace
The DOLE and DTI has released an Interim Guidelines for private institutions on April
30,2020 to be able to assist them on how to prevent and manage COVID-19 in the
workplace.
Health and Safety shall always be the priority in the workplace and here are some points to
instill in the facilities as lifted from the guidelines:
A. Increase physical and mental resilience of workers by:
 Eating nutritious and well-cooked food;

 Drinking plenty of fluids and avoidance of alcoholic beverages;
 Increase the body’s resistance to biological hazards by having adequate rest and
 at least eight (8) hours of sleep and exercising regularly;
 Provide free medicines and vitamins when needed; and
 Providing mental health assistance to workers needing counselling or presenting with
mental health concerns thru referral to a mental health expert.
B. Reduce transmission of COVID-19

Prior to entrance in the facility compound, plants, buildings or workplaces
a. Everyone (Management, workers, contractors, visitors) shall:
i. Wear face masks at all times and remove the same only when eating or drinking.
Provide the appropriate face masks for workers. Should cloth masks be used,
the washable type shall be worn but additional filter material such as tissue
papers inside the masks may be added;
ii. Accomplish daily the health symptoms questionnaire and submit to designated
first aider/ safety officer/marshal/security officer prior to entry;
iii. Have their temperature checked and recorded in the health symptoms
questionnaire provided. For anyone with temperature = or >37.5 degrees
Centigrade, even after a 5 minute of rest, or if their response in the questionnaire
needs further evaluation by the OH staff, the person shall be isolated in an area
identified by the Joint Committee and not allowed to enter the premises. The
isolation area must be well ventilated and shall be disinfected frequently. The
Safety Officer/First Aider assigned to assess the workers held in the isolation
area shall be provided the appropriate medical grade PPEs which shall include
but not limited to, face masks, goggles/face shields, and/or gloves; and
iv. Spray at least 70% alcohol/sanitizers to both hands; and provide disinfectant foot
baths at the entrance if practicable.
b. All equipment or vehicle entering the operations area must go through a disinfection
process; and
c. If there will be a long queue outside the gate or premises, roving security officers and
safety marshals shall instill physical distancing of at least one meter (front, back,
sides).
312
Inside the facility
a. All work areas and frequently handled objects such as door knobs and handles, shall
be cleaned and disinfected regularly, at least once every two (2) hours;
b. All washrooms and toilets shall have sufficient clean water and soap, workers are
encouraged to wash their hands frequently and avoid touching their eyes, nose and
mouth;
c. Sanitizers shall be made available in the security post upon entry, offices, corridors,
conference areas and areas where workers stay or pass;
d. All workers, whether in office workstations or in shop floors, warehouse, etc, shall
always practice physical distancing at the minimum of one (1) meter radius space
(front, side and back) between workers;
e. Eating in communal areas is discouraged. It is best to eat in individual work areas
and all wastes shall be disposed-off properly. If eating in individual work areas is not
possible, the OSH Committee thru the Safety officer and security officers shall ensure
that physical distancing is maintained in dining areas with one worker per table and
with 1-meter distance per worker. It is highly discouraged that workers engage in
conversations with masks off during meal times. Tables and chairs shall be cleaned
and disinfected after every use of the area, and before as well as at the end of the
work day; and
f. Canteens, kitchens and pantries must be cleaned and disinfected regularly.
Minimize contact rate

1. Alternative work arrangements, such as working-hour shifts, work from home (WFH),
where feasible and on rotation basis are encouraged;
2. Prolonged face-to-face interaction between workers and with co-workers/clients are
discouraged and masks shall be worn at all times and not removed. Meetings
needing physical presence shall be kept to a minimum number of participants and
with short duration. Videoconferencing shall be utilized for lengthy discussions among
management or workers: Office tables should be arranged in order to maintain proper
physical distancing. Barriers may be provided between tables;
3. Workstation layout shall be designed to allow for unidirectional movement in aisles,
corridors or walkways;
4. To maintain physical distancing, number of people inside an enclosed space such as
a room, store or hall shall be limited.;
5. Mobile phone system shall be highly encouraged to be utilized for workers needing
assistance from clinics; and
6. Roving safety and security officers shall always ensure physical distancing and
observance of minimum health protocols.
Reducing the risk of infection from COVID-19

1. In the event that a worker is suspected as having COVID-19:
a. Worker shall immediately proceed to the isolation area designated in the inside
the facility and never remove his/her mask;
b. First aider attending to the worker shall wear appropriate PPEs. and DOH
protocols must be followed.
313
c. Decontamination of workplace:
i. Workplace shall be decontaminated with appropriate disinfectant (e.g. chlorine
bleaching solution and 1:100 phenol-based disinfectant);
ii. After decontamination of the work area, work can resume after 24 hours; and
iii. Workers present in the work area with the suspect COVID-19 worker shall go
on 14 days home quarantine with specific instructions from the OH Services
on monitoring of symptoms and possible next steps. If suspect COVID-19
worker has negative result, co-workers may be allowed to report back to work.
2. In the event that a worker is sick or has fever but is not suspected to have COVID-19
(ex., urinary infection, wound infection or any diseases not related to lungs or
respiratory tract) the first aider or safety officer shall advise the worker to take prudent
measures to limit the spread of communicable diseases, as follows:
i. Stay at home and keep away from work or crowds;
ii. Take adequate rest and take plenty of fluids;
iii. Practice personal hygiene to prevent spread of disease; and
iv. Seek appropriate medical care if there is persistent fever, when difficulty of
breathing has started, or when he/she becomes weak.
Reporting of Illnesses/ Diseases/Injuries in the Workplace

All safety officers of companies inside the facility shall continue to provide the DOLE through
its Regional Office copy furnished DOH. monthly reporting of illness, diseases and injuries
utilizing the DOLE Work Accident/Illness Report Form (WAIR). The new form shall be
submitted at the end of every month preferably in the form of electronic report within the
pandemic period.
More readings and references.

http://www.covid19.gov.ph/
https://www.who.int/health-topics/coronavirus#tab=tab_1
https://www.who.int/philippines/emergencies/covid-19-in-the-philippines
https://www.who.int/philippines/emergencies/covid-19-in-the-philippines/covid-19-sitreps-philippines
(Philippines – Situational Reports)
https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019/situation-reports
(Global - Situational Reports)
https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/advice-for-workplace-clean-19-03-2020.pdf
https://www.dole.gov.ph/news/dti-and-dole-interim-guidelines-on-workplace-prevention-and-control-of-covid-
19/
https://www.dole.gov.ph/news/workplace-rules-set-to-cut-spread-of-covid-19/
http://bwc.dole.gov.ph/issuances
https://www.osha.gov/SLTC/covid-19/controlprevention.html
https://www.who.int/news-room/q-a-detail/q-a-tips-for-health-and-safety-at-the-workplace-in-the-context-of-
covid19?gclid=CjwKCAjwi_b3BRAGEiwAemPNUyFLAqJOGQknwORJzTHNCMyzKtRTJlOVr2v3eOjHS7MvJQ
_ZtyLWzhoC2V4QAvD_BwE
https://covid19.healthypilipinas.ph/?gclid=CjwKCAjwi_b3BRAGEiwAemPNUxdcqqj1oeiIZUb0jaEIhFdP5MTLC
oVQ8BHMZ2ErXB-lbfUFb8voZRoC7NUQAvD_BwE
https://www.ilo.org/global/topics/safety-and-health-at-work/resources-library/publications/WCMS_741813/lang-
-en/index.htm
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
REFERENCES:
1. Occupational Health and Safety Standards (As Amended, 1989)

Published and Printed by the Occupational Safety and Health Center
Department of Labor and Employment, Intramuros Manila
February 2005-May 2016
2. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), Manila Philippines
3. OSH - DOLE Issuances Archive (www.dole.gov.ph/issuances/view/392)
4. Philippine Statistics Authority (PSA) Integrated Survey on Labor and Employment

(ISLE) www.psa.gov.ph
5. Introduction to Health and Safety at Work, 2 nd Edition By Phil Hughes and Ed Ferret
6. Supervisors’ Safety Training Manual – Nestle Cabuyao Factory
7. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations by National Safety Council,

Seventh Edition
8. DOH Department Memorandum 2020-0220
9. DOH A.O. 2020-0015
345

BOSH Manual Rev. 01 Ver. 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOSH Manual Rev. 01 Ver. 2020

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOSH Manual Rev. 01 Ver. 2020

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HSS Health & Safety Solutions

“Where Safety is NO Accident” BOSH M

Our mission is to provide quality-assured health and safety

Approved and regulated trainers utilizing the highest quality

All courses involve in-depth practical, interactive demonstrations that

This practical approach helps to ensure that when an accident

Today’s work environment is confronted with quickening changes in innovation. Financial

Section Topic Page

GLOBAL TRENDS IN SAFETY AND HEALTH: THE PICTURE TODAY

Safety and health at work can be key to

This necessitates global perspectives and better understandings of the interrelationship

EUROPE AMERICA OCEANIA TOTAL ASIA AFRICA

There are also differences in relative contributions of various causes of work-related

PHILIPPINE OHS CONDITIONS

MEASURES OF SAFETY PERFORMANCE OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES IN 2015

CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY TYPE OF INJURY

CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY PART OF BODY INJURED

CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY CAUSE OF

CASES OF OCCUPATIONAL INJURIES WITH WORKDAYS LOST BY AGENT OF

For more information on statistics please see psa.gov.ph

1903 Development of OSH in the Philippines

 Occupational injury is defined as a result of a work-related event which happened in

NUMBER OF DOLE LABOR INSPECTORATE CONTINUALLY EXPANDS OVER TIME

ESTABLISHMENTS WITH VIOLATIONS ON LABOR STANDARDS AND

 By type of violation, the most common violation incurred by establishments under

As a secondary effect. It may also protect co-workers, family members, employers,

WHAT ARE COVERED BY THE GENERAL OSH STANDARDS?

WHAT DOES RIGHT TO SAFE AND HEALTHFUL CONDITIONS OF WORK MEAN?

WHAT IS THE MINIMUM STANDARD ON SAFETY AND HEALTH IN THE

WHAT OTHER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SHOULD EMPLOYERS PROVIDE THEIR

WHAT SAFETY MEASURES MUST BE OBSERVED WITHIN THE PREMISES OF

WHO ENFORCES OSH STANDARDS?

WHAT IS VISITORIAL POWER?

WHAT IS ENFORCEMENT POWER?

HOW ARE THESE STANDARDS ENFORCED?

If worker or representative of workers or any concerned person believes that such a

WHAT DOES THE REGIONAL OFFICE DO IN SUCH A CASE?

RULES OF THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

1000 General Provisions 1170 Unfired Pressure Vessels

1010 Other Safety Rules 1180 Internal Combustion Engine

1020 Registration 1200 Machine Guarding

1030 Training & Accreditation 1210 Electrical Safety

Notification & Keeping 1230 Identification of Piping System

1060 Premises of Establishments 1240 Power Piping Lines

1070 Environmental Control 1410 Construction Safety

1080 Personal Protective Equipment 1420 Logging

1090 Hazardous Material 1940 Fire Protection & Control

1120 Hazardous Work Process 1960 OH Services

1140 Explosives 1970 Fees

1150 Materials Handling & Storage 1980 Authority of LGUs

1160 Boiler 1990 Final Provisions

REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11058 SALIENT FEATURES

COVERAGE OF THE ACT

PERTINENT TERMS OF THE ACT

DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS, WORKERS, AND OTHER PERSONS

WORKER’S RIGHT TO KNOW

WORKER’S RIGHT TO REFUSE UNSAFE WORK

WORKER’S RIGHT TO PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

SAFETY SIGNAGE AND DEVICES